e10vq
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
FORM 10-Q
|
|
|
þ
|
|
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the quarterly period ended
April 3, 2010
|
|
|
or
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the transition period
from to
|
Commission file number:
001-32891
Hanesbrands Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Maryland
(State of
incorporation)
|
|
20-3552316
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
|
|
|
|
1000 East Hanes Mill Road
Winston-Salem, North Carolina
(Address of principal
executive office)
|
|
27105
(Zip
code)
|
(336) 519-8080
(Registrants
telephone number including area code)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has
filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has
been subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted
electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any,
every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted
pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period
that the registrant was required to submit and post such
files). Yes o No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in Rule
12b-2 of the
Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
Large accelerated
filer þ
|
|
Accelerated
filer o
|
Non-accelerated
filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
|
Smaller reporting
company o
|
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company
(as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange
Act). Yes o No þ
As of April 26, 2010, there were 95,592,427 shares of
the registrants common stock outstanding.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Trademarks,
Trade Names and Service Marks
We own or have rights to use the trademarks, service marks and
trade names that we use in conjunction with the operation of our
business. Some of the more important trademarks that we own or
have rights to use that appear in this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
include the Hanes, Champion, C9 by Champion, Playtex, Bali,
Leggs, Just My Size, barely there, Wonderbra,
Stedman, Outer Banks, Zorba, Rinbros and Duofold
marks, which may be registered in the United States and
other jurisdictions. We do not own any trademark, trade name or
service mark of any other company appearing in this Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q.
FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS
This Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of
Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Forward-looking statements include all statements that do not
relate solely to historical or current facts, and can generally
be identified by the use of words such as may,
believe, will, expect,
project, estimate, intend,
anticipate, plan, continue
or similar expressions. In particular, information appearing
under Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations includes
forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements
inherently involve many risks and uncertainties that could cause
actual results to differ materially from those projected in
these statements.
Where, in any forward-looking statement, we express an
expectation or belief as to future results or events, such
expectation or belief is based on the current plans and
expectations of our management and expressed in good faith and
believed to have a reasonable basis, but there can be no
assurance that the expectation or belief will result or be
achieved or accomplished. More information on factors that could
cause actual results or events to differ materially from those
anticipated is included from time to time in our reports filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
SEC), including our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended January 2, 2010, particularly under the
caption Risk Factors.
All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
and are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary
statements included in this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
or our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended January 2, 2010, particularly under the
caption Risk Factors. We undertake no obligation to
update or revise forward-looking statements that may be made to
reflect events or circumstances that arise after the date made
or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, other than
as required by law.
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements
and other information with the SEC. You can inspect, read and
copy these reports, proxy statements and other information at
the SECs Public Reference Room at 100 F Street,
N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information
regarding the operation of the SECs Public Reference Room
by calling the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330.
The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that makes
available reports, proxy statements and other information
regarding issuers that file electronically.
We make available free of charge at www.hanesbrands.com (in the
Investors section) copies of materials we file with,
or furnish to, the SEC. By referring to our website,
www.hanesbrands.com, we do not incorporate our website or its
contents into this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q.
1
PART I
|
|
Item 1.
|
Financial
Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
|
April 4,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
927,840
|
|
|
$
|
857,841
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
600,410
|
|
|
|
599,965
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
327,430
|
|
|
|
257,876
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
241,718
|
|
|
|
223,238
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,671
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
85,712
|
|
|
|
15,967
|
|
Other expenses
|
|
|
1,406
|
|
|
|
3,946
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
37,495
|
|
|
|
36,800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
46,811
|
|
|
|
(24,779
|
)
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
10,298
|
|
|
|
(5,451
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
36,513
|
|
|
$
|
(19,328
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.38
|
|
|
$
|
(0.20
|
)
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
$
|
(0.20
|
)
|
Weighted average shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
96,326
|
|
|
|
94,493
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
97,493
|
|
|
|
94,493
|
|
See accompanying notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements.
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
42,620
|
|
|
$
|
38,943
|
|
Trade accounts receivable less allowances of $30,749 at
April 3, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and $25,776 at January 2, 2010
|
|
|
440,300
|
|
|
|
450,541
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
1,183,414
|
|
|
|
1,049,204
|
|
Deferred tax assets and other current assets
|
|
|
278,832
|
|
|
|
283,869
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
1,945,166
|
|
|
|
1,822,557
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, net
|
|
|
587,469
|
|
|
|
602,826
|
|
Trademarks and other identifiable intangibles, net
|
|
|
133,193
|
|
|
|
136,214
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
322,002
|
|
|
|
322,002
|
|
Deferred tax assets and other noncurrent assets
|
|
|
452,233
|
|
|
|
442,965
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
3,440,063
|
|
|
$
|
3,326,564
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Stockholders Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
373,263
|
|
|
$
|
351,971
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
290,997
|
|
|
|
295,635
|
|
Notes payable
|
|
|
62,577
|
|
|
|
66,681
|
|
Current portion of debt
|
|
|
145,381
|
|
|
|
164,688
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
872,218
|
|
|
|
878,975
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
1,781,672
|
|
|
|
1,727,547
|
|
Other noncurrent liabilities
|
|
|
410,069
|
|
|
|
385,323
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
3,063,959
|
|
|
|
2,991,845
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock (50,000,000 authorized shares; $.01 par
value)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued and outstanding None
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock (500,000,000 authorized shares; $.01 par value)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued and outstanding 95,592,427 at
April 3, 2010 and 95,396,967 at January 2, 2010
|
|
|
956
|
|
|
|
954
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
289,589
|
|
|
|
287,955
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
305,317
|
|
|
|
268,805
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(219,758
|
)
|
|
|
(222,995
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
376,104
|
|
|
|
334,719
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
3,440,063
|
|
|
$
|
3,326,564
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements.
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
|
April 4,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
36,513
|
|
|
$
|
(19,328
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
used in operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
19,710
|
|
|
|
20,961
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
3,126
|
|
|
|
3,089
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(484
|
)
|
Write-off on early extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
686
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charges incurred for amendments of credit facilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,946
|
|
Amortization of debt issuance costs
|
|
|
3,319
|
|
|
|
1,869
|
|
Amortization of loss on interest rate hedge
|
|
|
4,824
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock compensation expense
|
|
|
3,268
|
|
|
|
9,563
|
|
Deferred taxes and other
|
|
|
1,506
|
|
|
|
(2,798
|
)
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
10,771
|
|
|
|
(21,681
|
)
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(133,140
|
)
|
|
|
(13,178
|
)
|
Other assets
|
|
|
3,157
|
|
|
|
5,586
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
20,927
|
|
|
|
(41,102
|
)
|
Accrued liabilities and other
|
|
|
(13,629
|
)
|
|
|
(4,419
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in operating activities
|
|
|
(38,962
|
)
|
|
|
(57,976
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(28,224
|
)
|
|
|
(55,733
|
)
|
Proceeds from sales of assets
|
|
|
40,388
|
|
|
|
467
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(519
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
11,645
|
|
|
|
(55,266
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings on notes payable
|
|
|
297,134
|
|
|
|
549,434
|
|
Repayments on notes payable
|
|
|
(301,195
|
)
|
|
|
(540,427
|
)
|
Payments to amend credit facilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20,712
|
)
|
Borrowings on revolving loan facility
|
|
|
514,500
|
|
|
|
571,500
|
|
Repayments on revolving loan facility
|
|
|
(466,000
|
)
|
|
|
(462,500
|
)
|
Repayment of debt under 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility
|
|
|
(1,875
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings on Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility
|
|
|
91,000
|
|
|
|
79,000
|
|
Repayments on Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility
|
|
|
(102,807
|
)
|
|
|
(97,705
|
)
|
Proceeds from stock options exercised
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(76
|
)
|
|
|
(320
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
30,717
|
|
|
|
78,270
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates on cash
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
|
(701
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
3,677
|
|
|
|
(35,673
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
|
|
|
38,943
|
|
|
|
67,342
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
42,620
|
|
|
$
|
31,669
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements.
4
|
|
(1)
|
Basis of
Presentation
|
These statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
SEC) and, in accordance with those rules and
regulations, do not include all information and footnote
disclosures normally included in annual financial statements
prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America (GAAP).
Management believes that the disclosures made are adequate for a
fair statement of the results of operations, financial condition
and cash flows of Hanesbrands Inc., a Maryland corporation, and
its consolidated subsidiaries (the Company or
Hanesbrands). In the opinion of management, the
condensed consolidated interim financial statements reflect all
adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments,
necessary to present fairly the results of operations, financial
condition and cash flows for the interim periods presented
herein. The preparation of condensed consolidated financial
statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make
use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
amounts and disclosures. Actual results may vary from these
estimates.
These condensed consolidated interim financial statements should
be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial
statements and notes thereto included in the Companys most
recent Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
The results of operations for any interim period are not
necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be
expected for the full year.
To reflect a change previously made in the classification of
freight expenses payable, a revision to the quarter ended
April 4, 2009 Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash
Flows was made to reclassify changes in cash related to these
payables from Accounts payable to Accrued liabilities and other.
This reclassification had no impact on the Companys
previously reported total net cash flows from operating,
investing or financing activities.
|
|
(2)
|
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
|
Accounting
for Transfers of Financial Assets
In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued new accounting rules for transfers of
financial assets. The new rules require greater transparency and
additional disclosures for transfers of financial assets and the
entitys continuing involvement with them and changes the
requirements for derecognizing financial assets. The new
accounting rules are effective for financial asset transfers
occurring after the beginning of the Companys first fiscal
year that begins after November 15, 2009. The adoption of
these new rules did not have a material impact on the financial
condition, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.
Consolidation
Variable Interest Entities
In June 2009, the FASB issued new accounting rules related to
the accounting and disclosure requirements for the consolidation
of variable interest entities. The new accounting rules are
effective for the Companys first fiscal year that begins
after November 15, 2009. The adoption of these new rules
did not have a material impact on the financial condition,
results of operations or cash flows of the Company.
Fair
Value Disclosures
In January 2010, the FASB issued new accounting rules related to
the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The new
accounting rules require new disclosures for significant
transfers between Levels 1 and 2 of the fair value
hierarchy and the activity within Level 3 of the fair value
hierarchy. The new accounting rules also clarify existing
disclosures regarding the level of disaggregation of assets or
liabilities and the valuation techniques and inputs used to
measure fair value. The new accounting rules are effective for
the Companys first interim fiscal period beginning after
December 15, 2009, except for the disclosures about
5
HANESBRANDS
INC.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
(dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited)
purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the rollforward
of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those
disclosures are effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2010, and for interim periods within those
fiscal years. The adoption of the disclosures effective for the
Companys first interim fiscal period beginning after
December 15, 2009 did not have a material impact on the
Companys financial condition, results of operations or
cash flows but resulted in certain additional disclosures
reflected in Note 8.
Basic earnings per share (EPS) was computed by
dividing net income by the number of weighted average shares of
common stock outstanding during the quarters ended April 3,
2010 and April 4, 2009. Diluted EPS was calculated to give
effect to all potentially dilutive shares of common stock using
the treasury stock method. The reconciliation of basic to
diluted weighted average shares for the quarters ended
April 3, 2010 and April 4, 2009 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
|
April 4,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Basic weighted average shares
|
|
|
96,326
|
|
|
|
94,493
|
|
Effect of potentially dilutive securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options
|
|
|
619
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock units
|
|
|
547
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee stock purchase plan and other
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted weighted average shares
|
|
|
97,493
|
|
|
|
94,493
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the quarters ended April 3, 2010 and April 4,
2009, 0 and 1,347 restricted stock units, respectively, and
options to purchase 2,898 and 5,930 shares of common stock,
respectively, were excluded from the diluted earnings per share
calculation because their effect would be anti-dilutive. Because
the Company reported a net loss for the quarter ended
April 4, 2009, the restricted stock units and stock options
excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share
consisted of all outstanding restricted stock units and stock
options, as their effect would have been anti-dilutive.
Inventories consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
$
|
110,158
|
|
|
$
|
106,138
|
|
Work in process
|
|
|
126,581
|
|
|
|
100,686
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
946,675
|
|
|
|
842,380
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,183,414
|
|
|
$
|
1,049,204
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
HANESBRANDS
INC.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
(dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited)
|
|
(5)
|
Trade
Accounts Receivable
|
Allowances
for Trade Accounts Receivable
The changes in the Companys allowance for doubtful
accounts and allowance for chargebacks and other deductions for
the quarter ended April 3, 2010 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance
|
|
|
for
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for
|
|
|
Chargebacks
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Doubtful
|
|
|
and Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts
|
|
|
Deductions
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Balance at January 2, 2010
|
|
$
|
15,502
|
|
|
$
|
10,274
|
|
|
$
|
25,776
|
|
Charged to expenses
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
6,026
|
|
|
|
5,919
|
|
Deductions and write-offs
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
(893
|
)
|
|
|
(946
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at April 3, 2010
|
|
$
|
15,342
|
|
|
$
|
15,407
|
|
|
$
|
30,749
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charges to the allowance for doubtful accounts are reflected in
the Selling, general and administrative expenses
line and charges to the allowance for customer chargebacks and
other customer deductions are primarily reflected as a reduction
in the Net sales line of the Condensed Consolidated
Statements of Income. Deductions and write-offs, which do not
increase or decrease income, represent write-offs of previously
reserved accounts receivables and allowed customer chargebacks
and deductions against gross accounts receivable.
Sales
of Accounts Receivable
In March 2010, the Company entered into an agreement to sell
selected trade accounts receivable to a financial institution.
After the sale, the Company does not retain any interests in the
receivables and the financial institution services and collects
these accounts receivable directly from the customer. Net
proceeds of this accounts receivable sale program are recognized
in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows as part of
operating cash flows. The funding fees charged for this program
are recorded in the Other expenses line in the
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income.
During the quarter ended April 3, 2010, the Company
recognized funding fees of $489 for sales of accounts receivable
to financial institutions in the Other expenses line
in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income.
7
HANESBRANDS
INC.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
(dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited)
The Company had the following debt at April 3, 2010 and
January 2, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rate as of
|
|
|
Principal Amount
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Maturity Date
|
|
2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term Loan Facility
|
|
|
5.25
|
%
|
|
$
|
748,125
|
|
|
$
|
750,000
|
|
|
December 2015
|
Revolving Loan Facility
|
|
|
4.73
|
%
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
51,500
|
|
|
December 2013
|
8% Senior Notes
|
|
|
8.00
|
%
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
December 2016
|
Floating Rate Senior Notes
|
|
|
3.83
|
%
|
|
|
490,735
|
|
|
|
490,735
|
|
|
December 2014
|
Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility
|
|
|
2.72
|
%
|
|
|
88,193
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
December 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,927,053
|
|
|
|
1,892,235
|
|
|
|
Less current maturities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
145,381
|
|
|
|
164,688
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,781,672
|
|
|
$
|
1,727,547
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of April 3, 2010, the Company had $100,000 outstanding
under the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facilitys $400,000
Revolving Loan Facility, $30,612 of standby and trade letters of
credit issued and outstanding under this facility and $269,388
of borrowing availability.
On January 29, 2010, in recognition of the lower trade
accounts receivable balance resulting from the sale by the
Company of certain trade accounts receivable to a financial
institution outside the Accounts Receivable Securitization
Facility, HBI Receivables LLC, the Companys wholly-owned
bankruptcy-remote subsidiary that is a party to such facility,
gave notice to the agent and the managing agents under the
Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility that, as permitted
by the terms of such facility, effective February 11, 2010,
the amount of funding available under the Accounts Receivable
Securitization Facility was being reduced from $250,000 to
$150,000. During the quarter ended April 3, 2010, the
Company recognized $686 of a write-off on early extinguishment
of debt related to unamortized debt issuance costs on the
Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility as a result of the
reduction in borrowing capacity. The Company also recognized
$231 in additional charges related to the amendments of credit
facilities in 2009 during the quarter ended April 3, 2010.
These charges are reflected in the Other expenses
line of the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.
During the quarter ended April 4, 2009, the Company
recognized $3,946 of charges in the Other expenses
line of the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income which
represents certain costs related to amendments of the senior
secured credit facility that the Company entered into in 2006
and the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility.
As of April 3, 2010, the Company was in compliance with all
covenants under its credit facilities.
|
|
(7)
|
Financial
Instruments and Risk Management
|
The Company uses financial instruments to manage its exposures
to movements in interest rates, foreign exchange rates and
commodity prices. The use of these financial instruments
modifies the Companys exposure to these risks with the
goal of reducing the risk or cost to the Company. The Company
does not use derivatives for trading purposes and is not a party
to leveraged derivative contracts.
8
HANESBRANDS
INC.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
(dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited)
The Company recognizes all derivative instruments as either
assets or liabilities at fair value in the Condensed
Consolidated Balance Sheets. The fair value is based upon either
market quotes for actively traded instruments or independent
bids for nonexchange traded instruments. The Company formally
documents its hedge relationships, including identifying the
hedging instruments and the hedged items, as well as its risk
management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge
transaction. This process includes linking derivatives that are
designated as hedges of specific assets, liabilities, firm
commitments or forecasted transactions to the hedged risk. On
the date the derivative is entered into, the Company designates
the derivative as a fair value hedge, cash flow hedge, net
investment hedge or a mark to market hedge, and accounts for the
derivative in accordance with its designation. The Company also
formally assesses, both at inception and at least quarterly
thereafter, whether the derivatives are highly effective in
offsetting changes in either the fair value or cash flows of the
hedged item. If it is determined that a derivative ceases to be
a highly effective hedge, or if the anticipated transaction is
no longer likely to occur, the Company discontinues hedge
accounting, and any deferred gains or losses are recorded in the
respective measurement period. The Company currently does not
have any fair value or net investment hedge instruments.
The Company may be exposed to credit losses in the event of
nonperformance by individual counterparties or the entire group
of counterparties to the Companys derivative contracts.
Risk of nonperformance by counterparties is mitigated by dealing
with highly rated counterparties and by diversifying across
counterparties.
Mark
to Market Hedges
A derivative used as a hedging instrument whose change in fair
value is recognized to act as an economic hedge against changes
in the values of the hedged item is designated a mark to market
hedge.
Mark to
Market Hedges Intercompany Foreign Exchange
Transactions
The Company uses foreign exchange derivative contracts to reduce
the impact of foreign exchange fluctuations on anticipated
intercompany purchase and lending transactions denominated in
foreign currencies. Foreign exchange derivative contracts are
recorded as mark to market hedges when the hedged item is a
recorded asset or liability that is revalued in each accounting
period. Mark to market hedge derivatives relating to
intercompany foreign exchange contracts are reported in the
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as cash flow
from operating activities. As of April 3, 2010, the
U.S. dollar equivalent of commitments to purchase and sell
foreign currencies in the Companys foreign currency mark
to market hedge derivative portfolio is $23,097 and $53,687,
respectively, using the exchange rate at the reporting date.
Cash
Flow Hedges
A hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of
cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset
or liability is designated as a cash flow hedge. The effective
portion of the change in the fair value of a derivative that is
designated as a cash flow hedge is recorded in the
Accumulated other comprehensive loss line of the
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. When the impact of the
hedged item is recognized in the income statement, the gain or
loss included in Accumulated other comprehensive
loss is reported on the same line in the Condensed
Consolidated Statements of Income as the hedged item.
Cash Flow
Hedges Interest Rate Derivatives
The Company has executed in the past certain interest rate cash
flow hedges in the form of swaps and caps in order to mitigate
the Companys exposure to variability in cash flows for the
future interest payments on a designated portion of floating
rate debt. The effective portion of interest rate hedge gains
and losses
9
HANESBRANDS
INC.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
(dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited)
deferred in Accumulated other comprehensive loss is
reclassified into earnings as the underlying debt interest
payments are recognized. Interest rate cash flow hedge
derivatives are reported as a component of interest expense and
therefore are reported as cash flow from operating activities
similar to the manner in which cash interest payments are
reported in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
The Company is required under the 2009 Senior Secured Credit
Facility to hedge a portion of its floating rate debt to reduce
interest rate risk caused by floating rate debt issuance. To
comply with this requirement, in the quarter ended April 3,
2010, the Company entered into hedging arrangements whereby it
capped the LIBOR interest rate component on an aggregate of
$490,735 of the floating rate debt under the Floating Rate
Senior Notes at 4.262%. The interest rate cap arrangements, with
notional amounts of $240,735 and $250,000, expire in December
2011.
Cash Flow
Hedges Foreign Currency Derivatives
The Company uses forward exchange and option contracts to reduce
the effect of fluctuating foreign currencies on short-term
foreign currency-denominated transactions, foreign
currency-denominated investments, and other known foreign
currency exposures. Gains and losses on these contracts are
intended to offset losses and gains on the hedged transaction in
an effort to reduce the earnings volatility resulting from
fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates. The effective
portion of foreign exchange hedge gains and losses deferred in
Accumulated other comprehensive loss is reclassified
into earnings as the underlying inventory is sold, using
historical inventory turnover rates. The settlement of foreign
exchange hedge derivative contracts related to the purchase of
inventory or other hedged items are reported in the Condensed
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as cash flow from
operating activities.
Historically, the principal currencies hedged by the Company
include the Euro, Mexican peso, Canadian dollar and Japanese
yen. Forward exchange contracts mature on the anticipated cash
requirement date of the hedged transaction, generally within one
year. As of April 3, 2010, the U.S. dollar equivalent
of commitments to sell foreign currencies in the Companys
foreign currency cash flow hedge derivative portfolio was
$49,043, using the exchange rate at the reporting date.
Cash Flow
Hedges Commodity Derivatives
Cotton is the primary raw material used to manufacture many of
the Companys products and is purchased at market prices.
From time to time, the Company uses commodity financial
instruments to hedge the price of cotton, for which there is a
high correlation between the hedged item and the hedge
instrument. Gains and losses on these contracts are intended to
offset losses and gains on the hedged transactions in an effort
to reduce the earnings volatility resulting from fluctuating
commodity prices. The effective portion of commodity hedge gains
and losses deferred in Accumulated other comprehensive
loss is reclassified into earnings as the underlying
inventory is sold, using historical inventory turnover rates.
The settlement of commodity hedge derivative contracts related
to the purchase of inventory is reported in the Condensed
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as cash flow from
operating activities. There were no amounts outstanding under
cotton futures or cotton option contracts at April 3, 2010
and January 2, 2010.
10
HANESBRANDS
INC.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
(dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited)
Fair
Values of Derivative Instruments
The fair values of derivative financial instruments recognized
in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets of the Company were
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Location
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Derivative assets hedges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
Other assets
|
|
$
|
348
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
|
407
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total derivative assets hedges
|
|
|
|
|
929
|
|
|
|
407
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative assets non-hedges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
1,065
|
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total derivative assets
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,994
|
|
|
$
|
614
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative liabilities hedges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(1,521
|
)
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total derivative liabilities hedges
|
|
|
|
|
(1,521
|
)
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative liabilities non-hedges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(3,555
|
)
|
|
|
(432
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total derivative liabilities
|
|
|
|
$
|
(5,076
|
)
|
|
$
|
(539
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net derivative asset (liability)
|
|
|
|
$
|
(3,082
|
)
|
|
$
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
Derivative Gain or Loss
The effect of cash flow hedge derivative instruments on the
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income and Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Loss is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
Accumulated Other
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Other Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive Loss
|
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
Loss into Income
|
|
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
Accumulated Other
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
|
April 4,
|
|
|
Loss into Income
|
|
April 3,
|
|
|
April 4,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
$
|
(170
|
)
|
|
$
|
11,016
|
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
$
|
4,857
|
|
|
$
|
28
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
(931
|
)
|
|
|
870
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
777
|
|
|
|
(1,332
|
)
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(1,101
|
)
|
|
$
|
11,886
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,634
|
|
|
$
|
(1,208
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company expects to reclassify into earnings during the next
12 months a net loss from Accumulated Other Comprehensive
Loss of approximately $17,046.
11
HANESBRANDS
INC.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
(dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited)
The changes in fair value of derivatives excluded from the
Companys effectiveness assessments and the ineffective
portion of the changes in the fair value of derivatives used as
cash flow hedges are reported in the Selling, general and
administrative expenses line in the Condensed Consolidated
Statements of Income. The Company recognized gains related to
ineffectiveness of hedging relationships for the quarter ended
April 3, 2010 for foreign exchange contracts of $9. The
Company recognized gains (losses) related to ineffectiveness of
hedging relationships for the quarter ended April 4, 2009
of $294, consisting of $295 for interest rate contracts and $(1)
for foreign exchange contracts.
The effect of mark to market hedge derivative instruments on the
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized in Income
|
|
|
|
Location of Gain (Loss)
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
Recognized in Income on
|
|
April 3,
|
|
|
April 4,
|
|
|
|
Derivative
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Foreign exchange
contracts
|
|
|
Selling, general and
administrative expenses
|
|
|
$
|
(2,044
|
)
|
|
$
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(2,044
|
)
|
|
$
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8)
|
Fair
Value of Assets and Liabilities
|
Fair value is an exit price, representing the price that would
be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in
an orderly transaction between market participants at the
measurement date. The Company utilizes market data or
assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the
asset or liability. A three-tier fair value hierarchy, which
prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value, is utilized
for disclosing the fair value of the Companys assets and
liabilities. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as
observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;
Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in
active markets that are either directly or indirectly
observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs
about which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring
an entity to develop its own assumptions.
As of April 3, 2010, the Company held certain financial
assets and liabilities that are required to be measured at fair
value on a recurring basis. These consisted of the
Companys derivative instruments related to interest rates
and foreign exchange rates. The Companys defined benefit
pension plan investments are not required to be measured at fair
value on a recurring basis. The fair values of interest rate
derivatives are determined with pricing models using LIBOR
interest rate curves, spreads, volatilities, and other relevant
information developed using market data and are categorized as
Level 2. The fair values of foreign currency derivatives
are determined using the cash flows of the foreign exchange
contract, discount rates to account for the passage of time and
current foreign exchange market data and are categorized as
Level 2.
There were no changes during the quarter ended April 3,
2010 to the Companys valuation techniques used to measure
asset and liability fair values on a recurring basis. There were
no transfers between the three level categories and there were
no Level 3 assets or liabilities measured on a quarterly
basis during the quarter ended April 3, 2010. As of
April 3, 2010, the Company did not have any non-financial
assets or liabilities that are required to be measured at fair
value on a recurring or non-recurring basis.
12
HANESBRANDS
INC.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
(dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited)
The following tables set forth by level within the fair value
hierarchy the Companys financial assets and liabilities
accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets (Liabilities) at Fair Value as of
|
|
|
|
April 3, 2010
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices
|
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Active
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
|
Markets for
|
|
|
Observable
|
|
|
Unobservable
|
|
|
|
Identical Assets
|
|
|
Inputs
|
|
|
Inputs
|
|
|
|
(Level 1)
|
|
|
(Level 2)
|
|
|
(Level 3)
|
|
|
Foreign exchange derivative contracts
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,646
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Foreign exchange derivative contracts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,076
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate derivative contracts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(3,082
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets (Liabilities) at Fair Value as of
|
|
|
|
January 2, 2010
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices
|
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Active
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
|
Markets for
|
|
|
Observable
|
|
|
Unobservable
|
|
|
|
Identical Assets
|
|
|
Inputs
|
|
|
Inputs
|
|
|
|
(Level 1)
|
|
|
(Level 2)
|
|
|
(Level 3)
|
|
|
Foreign exchange derivative contracts
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
614
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Foreign exchange derivative contracts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(539
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
75
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade
accounts receivable, notes receivable and accounts payable
approximated fair value as of April 3, 2010 and
January 2, 2010. The fair value of debt was $1,925,865 and
$1,881,868 as of April 3, 2010 and January 2, 2010 and
had a carrying value of $1,927,053 and $1,892,235, respectively.
The fair values were estimated using quoted market prices as
provided in secondary markets which consider the Companys
credit risk and market related conditions. The carrying amounts
of the Companys notes payable approximated fair value as
of April 3, 2010 and January 2, 2010, primarily due to
the short-term nature of these instruments.
13
HANESBRANDS
INC.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
(dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited)
|
|
(9)
|
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
|
The Companys comprehensive income (loss) is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
|
April 4,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
36,513
|
|
|
$
|
(19,328
|
)
|
Translation adjustments
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
|
(2,535
|
)
|
Amortization of loss on interest rate hedge, net of tax of $1,924
|
|
|
2,900
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net unrealized gain (loss) on qualifying cash flow hedges, net
of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of $(116) and $4,154, respectively
|
|
|
(175
|
)
|
|
|
6,524
|
|
Amounts amortized into net periodic cost:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prior service cost, net of tax of $3 and $3, respectively
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Actuarial loss, net of tax of $860 and $810, respectively
|
|
|
1,297
|
|
|
|
1,271
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
$
|
41,050
|
|
|
$
|
(14,064
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys effective income tax rate was 22% for the
quarters ended April 3, 2010 and April 4, 2009. In the
quarter ended April 4, 2009, the Company recorded a tax
benefit on a pre-tax loss of $24,779 primarily the result of
significant restructuring and related charges.
The effective income tax rate of 22% for the quarter ended
April 3, 2010 is primarily attributable to a lower
proportion of earnings attributed to foreign subsidiaries than
in the quarter ended April 4, 2009, which are taxed at
rates lower than the U.S. statutory rate, offset by a
benefit in the quarter ended April 3, 2010 resulting from
the finalization of tax reviews and audits for amounts that were
less than originally anticipated. The Companys effective
tax rate reflects its strategic initiative to make capital
investments outside the United States in its global supply chain
in 2010.
The Company and Sara Lee Corporation (Sara Lee)
entered into a tax sharing agreement in connection with the spin
off of the Company from Sara Lee on September 5, 2006.
Under the tax sharing agreement, within 180 days after Sara
Lee filed its final consolidated tax return for the period that
included September 5, 2006, Sara Lee was required to
deliver to the Company a computation of the amount of deferred
taxes attributable to the Companys United States and
Canadian operations that would be included on the Companys
opening balance sheet as of September 6, 2006 (as
finally determined) which has been done. The Company has
the right to participate in the computation of the amount of
deferred taxes. Under the tax sharing agreement, if substituting
the amount of deferred taxes as finally determined for the
amount of estimated deferred taxes that were included on that
balance sheet at the time of the spin off causes a decrease in
the net book value reflected on that balance sheet, then Sara
Lee will be required to pay the Company the amount of such
decrease. If such substitution causes an increase in the net
book value reflected on that balance sheet, then the Company
will be required to pay Sara Lee the amount of such increase.
For purposes of this computation, the Companys deferred
taxes are the amount of deferred tax benefits (including
deferred tax consequences attributable to deductible temporary
differences and carryforwards) that would be recognized as
assets on the Companys balance sheet computed in
accordance with GAAP, but without regard to valuation
allowances, less the amount of deferred tax liabilities
(including deferred tax consequences attributable to taxable
temporary differences) that would be recognized as liabilities
on the Companys opening balance sheet computed in
accordance with GAAP, but without regard to valuation
allowances.
14
HANESBRANDS
INC.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
(dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited)
Neither the Company nor Sara Lee will be required to make any
other payments to the other with respect to deferred taxes.
Based on the Companys computation of the final amount of
deferred taxes for the Companys opening balance sheet as
of September 6, 2006, the amount that is expected to be
collected from Sara Lee based on the Companys computation
of $72,223, which reflects a preliminary cash installment
received from Sara Lee of $18,000, is included as a receivable
in Deferred tax assets and other current assets in
the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of April 3,
2010 and January 2, 2010. The Company and Sara Lee have
exchanged information in connection with this matter, but Sara
Lee has disagreed with the Companys computation. In
accordance with the dispute resolution provisions of the tax
sharing agreement, on August 3, 2009, the Company submitted
the dispute to binding arbitration. The arbitration process is
ongoing, and the Company will continue to prosecute its claim.
The Company does not believe that the resolution of this dispute
will have a material impact on the Companys financial
position, results of operations or cash flows.
|
|
(11)
|
Business
Segment Information
|
The Companys operations are managed and reported in five
operating segments, each of which is a reportable segment for
financial reporting purposes: Innerwear, Outerwear, Hosiery,
Direct to Consumer and International. These segments are
organized principally by product category, geographic location
and distribution channel. Management of each segment is
responsible for the operations of these segments
businesses but shares a common supply chain and media and
marketing platforms. In October 2009, the Company completed the
sale of its yarn operations and, as a result, the Company no
longer has net sales in the Other segment, which was primarily
comprised of sales of yarn to third parties.
The types of products and services from which each reportable
segment derives its revenues are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Innerwear sells basic branded products that are replenishment in
nature under the product categories of womens intimate
apparel, mens underwear, kids underwear and socks.
|
|
|
|
Outerwear sells basic branded products that are primarily
seasonal in nature under the product categories of casualwear
and activewear.
|
|
|
|
Hosiery sells products in categories such as pantyhose, knee
highs and tights.
|
|
|
|
Direct to Consumer includes the Companys value-based
(outlet) stores and Internet operations which sell
products from the Companys portfolio of leading brands.
The Companys Internet operations are supported by its
catalogs.
|
|
|
|
International relates to the Latin America, Asia, Canada, Europe
and South America geographic locations which sell products that
span across the Innerwear, Outerwear and Hosiery reportable
segments.
|
The Company evaluates the operating performance of its segments
based upon segment operating profit, which is defined as
operating profit before general corporate expenses, amortization
of trademarks and other identifiable intangibles and
restructuring and related accelerated depreciation charges and
inventory write-offs. The accounting policies of the segments
are consistent with those described in Note 2 to the
Companys consolidated financial statements included in its
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended January 2, 2010.
15
HANESBRANDS
INC.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
(dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
|
April 4,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Net sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Innerwear
|
|
$
|
450,817
|
|
|
$
|
417,990
|
|
Outerwear
|
|
|
241,848
|
|
|
|
217,511
|
|
Hosiery
|
|
|
47,908
|
|
|
|
50,382
|
|
Direct to Consumer
|
|
|
84,492
|
|
|
|
81,396
|
|
International
|
|
|
102,775
|
|
|
|
87,919
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,643
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales
|
|
$
|
927,840
|
|
|
$
|
857,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
|
April 4,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Segment operating profit (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Innerwear
|
|
$
|
74,976
|
|
|
$
|
47,356
|
|
Outerwear
|
|
|
4,962
|
|
|
|
(13,719
|
)
|
Hosiery
|
|
|
18,506
|
|
|
|
17,473
|
|
Direct to Consumer
|
|
|
873
|
|
|
|
4,408
|
|
International
|
|
|
10,905
|
|
|
|
9,168
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segment operating profit
|
|
|
110,222
|
|
|
|
64,671
|
|
Items not included in segment operating profit (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General corporate expenses
|
|
|
(21,384
|
)
|
|
|
(21,188
|
)
|
Amortization of trademarks and other identifiable intangibles
|
|
|
(3,126
|
)
|
|
|
(3,089
|
)
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18,671
|
)
|
Inventory write-offs included in cost of sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,088
|
)
|
Accelerated depreciation included in cost of sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,498
|
)
|
Accelerated depreciation included in selling, general and
administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(170
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating profit
|
|
|
85,712
|
|
|
|
15,967
|
|
Other expenses
|
|
|
(1,406
|
)
|
|
|
(3,946
|
)
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
(37,495
|
)
|
|
|
(36,800
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
$
|
46,811
|
|
|
$
|
(24,779
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
HANESBRANDS
INC.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
(dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
|
April 4,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Innerwear
|
|
$
|
8,849
|
|
|
$
|
9,282
|
|
Outerwear
|
|
|
5,020
|
|
|
|
5,587
|
|
Hosiery
|
|
|
795
|
|
|
|
1,141
|
|
Direct to Consumer
|
|
|
1,325
|
|
|
|
1,097
|
|
International
|
|
|
562
|
|
|
|
520
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,551
|
|
|
|
17,671
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
6,285
|
|
|
|
6,379
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total depreciation and amortization expense
|
|
$
|
22,836
|
|
|
$
|
24,050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
|
April 4,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Additions to long-lived assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Innerwear
|
|
$
|
12,871
|
|
|
$
|
21,370
|
|
Outerwear
|
|
|
10,282
|
|
|
|
29,250
|
|
Hosiery
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
301
|
|
Direct to Consumer
|
|
|
3,692
|
|
|
|
2,853
|
|
International
|
|
|
720
|
|
|
|
184
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27,671
|
|
|
|
53,970
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
553
|
|
|
|
1,763
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total additions to long-lived assets
|
|
$
|
28,224
|
|
|
$
|
55,733
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12)
|
Consolidating
Financial Information
|
In accordance with the indenture governing the Companys
$500,000 Floating Rate Senior Notes issued on December 14,
2006 and the indenture governing the Companys $500,000
8% Senior Notes issued on December 10, 2009 (together,
the Indentures), certain of the Companys
subsidiaries have guaranteed the Companys obligations
under the Floating Rate Senior Notes and the 8% Senior
Notes, respectively. The following presents the condensed
consolidating financial information separately for:
(i) Parent Company, the issuer of the guaranteed
obligations. Parent Company includes Hanesbrands Inc. and its
100% owned operating divisions which are not legal entities, and
excludes its subsidiaries which are legal entities;
(ii) Guarantor subsidiaries, on a combined basis, as
specified in the Indentures;
(iii) Non-guarantor subsidiaries, on a combined basis;
17
HANESBRANDS
INC.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
(dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited)
(iv) Consolidating entries and eliminations representing
adjustments to (a) eliminate intercompany transactions
between or among Parent Company, the guarantor subsidiaries and
the non-guarantor subsidiaries, (b) eliminate intercompany
profit in inventory, (c) eliminate the investments in our
subsidiaries and (d) record consolidating entries; and
(v) Parent Company, on a consolidated basis.
The Floating Rate Senior Notes and the 8% Senior Notes are
fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several
basis by each guarantor subsidiary, each of which is wholly
owned, directly or indirectly, by Hanesbrands Inc. Each entity
in the consolidating financial information follows the same
accounting policies as described in the Companys
consolidated financial statements included in its Annual Report
on
Form 10-K
for the year ended January 2, 2010, except for the use by
the Parent Company and guarantor subsidiaries of the equity
method of accounting to reflect ownership interests in
subsidiaries which are eliminated upon consolidation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Income
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended April 3, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidating
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parent
|
|
|
Guarantor
|
|
|
Non-Guarantor
|
|
|
Entries and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
898,723
|
|
|
$
|
96,174
|
|
|
$
|
683,403
|
|
|
$
|
(750,460
|
)
|
|
$
|
927,840
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
724,315
|
|
|
|
36,373
|
|
|
|
597,156
|
|
|
|
(757,434
|
)
|
|
|
600,410
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
174,408
|
|
|
|
59,801
|
|
|
|
86,247
|
|
|
|
6,974
|
|
|
|
327,430
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
187,237
|
|
|
|
26,222
|
|
|
|
27,936
|
|
|
|
323
|
|
|
|
241,718
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit (loss)
|
|
|
(12,829
|
)
|
|
|
33,579
|
|
|
|
58,311
|
|
|
|
6,651
|
|
|
|
85,712
|
|
Equity in earnings (loss) of subsidiaries
|
|
|
85,690
|
|
|
|
36,869
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(122,559
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other expenses
|
|
|
1,406
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,406
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
34,170
|
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
3,347
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,495
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income tax expense
|
|
|
37,285
|
|
|
|
70,470
|
|
|
|
54,964
|
|
|
|
(115,908
|
)
|
|
|
46,811
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
772
|
|
|
|
5,611
|
|
|
|
3,915
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,298
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
36,513
|
|
|
$
|
64,859
|
|
|
$
|
51,049
|
|
|
$
|
(115,908
|
)
|
|
$
|
36,513
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18
HANESBRANDS
INC.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
(dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Income
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended April 4, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidating
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parent
|
|
|
Guarantor
|
|
|
Non-Guarantor
|
|
|
Entries and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
918,530
|
|
|
$
|
92,232
|
|
|
$
|
653,996
|
|
|
$
|
(806,917
|
)
|
|
$
|
857,841
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
817,405
|
|
|
|
34,480
|
|
|
|
574,499
|
|
|
|
(826,419
|
)
|
|
|
599,965
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
101,125
|
|
|
|
57,752
|
|
|
|
79,497
|
|
|
|
19,502
|
|
|
|
257,876
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
177,561
|
|
|
|
23,009
|
|
|
|
22,225
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
223,238
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
16,136
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,535
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,671
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit (loss)
|
|
|
(92,572
|
)
|
|
|
34,743
|
|
|
|
54,737
|
|
|
|
19,059
|
|
|
|
15,967
|
|
Equity in earnings (loss) of subsidiaries
|
|
|
93,429
|
|
|
|
44,154
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(137,583
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other expenses
|
|
|
3,946
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,946
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
27,635
|
|
|
|
6,472
|
|
|
|
2,695
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
36,800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(30,724
|
)
|
|
|
72,425
|
|
|
|
52,042
|
|
|
|
(118,522
|
)
|
|
|
(24,779
|
)
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(11,396
|
)
|
|
|
2,660
|
|
|
|
3,285
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,451
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(19,328
|
)
|
|
$
|
69,765
|
|
|
$
|
48,757
|
|
|
$
|
(118,522
|
)
|
|
$
|
(19,328
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19
HANESBRANDS
INC.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
(dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
|
|
|
|
April 3, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidating
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parent
|
|
|
Guarantor
|
|
|
Non-Guarantor
|
|
|
Entries and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
9,309
|
|
|
$
|
1,544
|
|
|
$
|
31,767
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
42,620
|
|
Trade accounts receivable less allowances
|
|
|
85,852
|
|
|
|
5,971
|
|
|
|
349,828
|
|
|
|
(1,351
|
)
|
|
|
440,300
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
911,940
|
|
|
|
57,512
|
|
|
|
334,680
|
|
|
|
(120,718
|
)
|
|
|
1,183,414
|
|
Deferred tax assets and other current assets
|
|
|
231,854
|
|
|
|
8,632
|
|
|
|
39,773
|
|
|
|
(1,427
|
)
|
|
|
278,832
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
1,238,955
|
|
|
|
73,659
|
|
|
|
756,048
|
|
|
|
(123,496
|
)
|
|
|
1,945,166
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, net
|
|
|
128,382
|
|
|
|
19,999
|
|
|
|
439,088
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
587,469
|
|
Trademarks and other identifiable intangibles, net
|
|
|
18,911
|
|
|
|
108,600
|
|
|
|
5,682
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
133,193
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
232,882
|
|
|
|
16,934
|
|
|
|
72,186
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
322,002
|
|
Investments in subsidiaries
|
|
|
1,003,328
|
|
|
|
778,304
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,781,632
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets and other noncurrent assets
|
|
|
314,748
|
|
|
|
183,179
|
|
|
|
70,073
|
|
|
|
(115,767
|
)
|
|
|
452,233
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
2,937,206
|
|
|
$
|
1,180,675
|
|
|
$
|
1,343,077
|
|
|
$
|
(2,020,895
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,440,063
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Stockholders Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
155,434
|
|
|
$
|
3,024
|
|
|
$
|
129,158
|
|
|
$
|
85,647
|
|
|
$
|
373,263
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
199,742
|
|
|
|
25,287
|
|
|
|
65,993
|
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
290,997
|
|
Notes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62,577
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62,577
|
|
Current portion of debt
|
|
|
57,188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
88,193
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
145,381
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
412,364
|
|
|
|
28,311
|
|
|
|
345,921
|
|
|
|
85,622
|
|
|
|
872,218
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
1,781,672
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,781,672
|
|
Other noncurrent liabilities
|
|
|
367,066
|
|
|
|
3,607
|
|
|
|
34,776
|
|
|
|
4,620
|
|
|
|
410,069
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
2,561,102
|
|
|
|
31,918
|
|
|
|
380,697
|
|
|
|
90,242
|
|
|
|
3,063,959
|
|
Stockholders equity
|
|
|
376,104
|
|
|
|
1,148,757
|
|
|
|
962,380
|
|
|
|
(2,111,137
|
)
|
|
|
376,104
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
2,937,206
|
|
|
$
|
1,180,675
|
|
|
$
|
1,343,077
|
|
|
$
|
(2,020,895
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,440,063
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
HANESBRANDS
INC.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
(dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
|
|
|
|
January 2, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidating
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parent
|
|
|
Guarantor
|
|
|
Non-Guarantor
|
|
|
Entries and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
12,805
|
|
|
$
|
1,646
|
|
|
$
|
24,492
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
38,943
|
|
Trade accounts receivable less allowances
|
|
|
47,654
|
|
|
|
5,973
|
|
|
|
398,807
|
|
|
|
(1,893
|
)
|
|
|
450,541
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
838,685
|
|
|
|
52,165
|
|
|
|
291,062
|
|
|
|
(132,708
|
)
|
|
|
1,049,204
|
|
Deferred tax assets and other current assets
|
|
|
233,073
|
|
|
|
13,605
|
|
|
|
37,643
|
|
|
|
(452
|
)
|
|
|
283,869
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
1,132,217
|
|
|
|
73,389
|
|
|
|
752,004
|
|
|
|
(135,053
|
)
|
|
|
1,822,557
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, net
|
|
|
154,476
|
|
|
|
17,787
|
|
|
|
430,563
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
602,826
|
|
Trademarks and other identifiable intangibles, net
|
|
|
20,677
|
|
|
|
109,833
|
|
|
|
5,704
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
136,214
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
232,882
|
|
|
|
16,934
|
|
|
|
72,186
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
322,002
|
|
Investments in subsidiaries
|
|
|
927,105
|
|
|
|
730,159
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,657,264
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets and other noncurrent assets
|
|
|
371,287
|
|
|
|
153,617
|
|
|
|
29,259
|
|
|
|
(111,198
|
)
|
|
|
442,965
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
2,838,644
|
|
|
$
|
1,101,719
|
|
|
$
|
1,289,716
|
|
|
$
|
(1,903,515
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,326,564
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Stockholders Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
172,802
|
|
|
$
|
5,237
|
|
|
$
|
88,285
|
|
|
$
|
85,647
|
|
|
$
|
351,971
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
207,079
|
|
|
|
22,902
|
|
|
|
65,689
|
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
295,635
|
|
Notes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66,681
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66,681
|
|
Current portion of debt
|
|
|
64,688
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
164,688
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
444,569
|
|
|
|
28,139
|
|
|
|
320,655
|
|
|
|
85,612
|
|
|
|
878,975
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
1,727,547
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,727,547
|
|
Other noncurrent liabilities
|
|
|
331,809
|
|
|
|
3,626
|
|
|
|
45,597
|
|
|
|
4,291
|
|
|
|
385,323
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
2,503,925
|
|
|
|
31,765
|
|
|
|
366,252
|
|
|
|
89,903
|
|
|
|
2,991,845
|
|
Stockholders equity
|
|
|
334,719
|
|
|
|
1,069,954
|
|
|
|
923,464
|
|
|
|
(1,993,418
|
)
|
|
|
334,719
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
2,838,644
|
|
|
$
|
1,101,719
|
|
|
$
|
1,289,716
|
|
|
$
|
(1,903,515
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,326,564
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
HANESBRANDS
INC.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
(dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended April 3, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidating
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parent
|
|
|
Guarantor
|
|
|
Non-Guarantor
|
|
|
Entries and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
$
|
(26,461
|
)
|
|
$
|
37,414
|
|
|
$
|
72,646
|
|
|
$
|
(122,561
|
)
|
|
$
|
(38,962
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(6,721
|
)
|
|
|
(3,291
|
)
|
|
|
(18,212
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(28,224
|
)
|
Proceeds from sales of assets
|
|
|
39,755
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
633
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,388
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(519
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(519
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
32,515
|
|
|
|
(3,291
|
)
|
|
|
(17,579
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,645
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings on notes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
297,134
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
297,134
|
|
Repayments on notes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(301,195
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(301,195
|
)
|
Borrowings on revolving loan facility
|
|
|
514,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
514,500
|
|
Repayments on revolving loan facility
|
|
|
(466,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(466,000
|
)
|
Repayment of debt under 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility
|
|
|
(1,875
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,875
|
)
|
Borrowings on Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91,000
|
|
Repayments on Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(102,807
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(102,807
|
)
|
Proceeds from stock options exercised
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(65
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(76
|
)
|
Net transactions with related entities
|
|
|
(56,146
|
)
|
|
|
(34,225
|
)
|
|
|
(32,190
|
)
|
|
|
122,561
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
(9,550
|
)
|
|
|
(34,225
|
)
|
|
|
(48,069
|
)
|
|
|
122,561
|
|
|
|
30,717
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates on cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(3,496
|
)
|
|
|
(102
|
)
|
|
|
7,275
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,677
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
|
|
|
12,805
|
|
|
|
1,646
|
|
|
|
24,492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38,943
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
9,309
|
|
|
$
|
1,544
|
|
|
$
|
31,767
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
42,620
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22
HANESBRANDS
INC.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
(dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended April 4, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidating
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parent
|
|
|
Guarantor
|
|
|
Non-Guarantor
|
|
|
Entries and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
$
|
47,328
|
|
|
$
|
39,943
|
|
|
$
|
(7,746
|
)
|
|
$
|
(137,501
|
)
|
|
$
|
(57,976
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(7,525
|
)
|
|
|
(2,732
|
)
|
|
|
(45,476
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(55,733
|
)
|
Proceeds from sales of assets
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
410
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
467
|
|
Other
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(76
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(7,392
|
)
|
|
|
(2,732
|
)
|
|
|
(45,066
|
)
|
|
|
(76
|
)
|
|
|
(55,266
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings on notes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
549,434
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
549,434
|
|
Repayments on notes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(540,427
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(540,427
|
)
|
Payments to amend credit facilities
|
|
|
(20,567
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(145
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20,712
|
)
|
Borrowings on revolving loan facility
|
|
|
571,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
571,500
|
|
Repayments on revolving loan facility
|
|
|
(462,500
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(462,500
|
)
|
Borrowings on Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
79,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
79,000
|
|
Repayments on Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(97,705
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(97,705
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(313
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(320
|
)
|
Net transactions with related entities
|
|
|
(139,220
|
)
|
|
|
(37,212
|
)
|
|
|
38,855
|
|
|
|
137,577
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
(51,100
|
)
|
|
|
(37,212
|
)
|
|
|
29,005
|
|
|
|
137,577
|
|
|
|
78,270
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates on cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(701
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(701
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(11,164
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(24,508
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(35,673
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
beginning of year
|
|
|
16,210
|
|
|
|
2,355
|
|
|
|
48,777
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67,342
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
period
|
|
$
|
5,046
|
|
|
$
|
2,354
|
|
|
$
|
24,269
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
31,669
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company has restructured its supply chain over the past
three years to create more efficient production clusters that
utilize fewer, larger facilities and to balance production
capability between the Western Hemisphere and Asia. With
its global supply chain infrastructure substantially in place,
the Company is now focused on optimizing its supply chain to
further enhance efficiency, improve working capital and asset
turns and reduce costs. The Company is focused on optimizing the
working capital needs of its supply chain through several
initiatives, such as supplier-managed inventory for raw
materials and sourced goods ownership arrangements. The
consolidation of the Companys distribution network is
still in process but is not expected to result in any
substantial charges in future periods. The distribution network
consolidation involves the implementation of new warehouse
management systems and technology, and opening of new
distribution centers and new third-party logistics providers to
replace parts of the Companys legacy distribution network.
23
HANESBRANDS
INC.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
(dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited)
The reported results for the quarters ended April 3, 2010
and April 4, 2009 reflect amounts recognized for
restructuring actions, including the impact of certain actions
that were completed for amounts more favorable than previously
estimated. The impact of restructuring efforts on income before
income tax expense is summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
April 3, 2010
|
|
|
April 4, 2009
|
|
|
Restructuring programs:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended January 2, 2010 restructuring actions
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
8,655
|
|
Year ended January 3, 2009 restructuring actions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,055
|
|
Year ended December 29, 2007 and prior restructuring actions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,717
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
24,427
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table illustrates where the costs associated with
these actions are recognized in the Condensed Consolidated
Statements of Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
April 3, 2010
|
|
|
April 4, 2009
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,586
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
170
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,671
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
24,427
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Components of the restructuring actions are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
April 3, 2010
|
|
|
April 4, 2009
|
|
|
Accelerated depreciation
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,668
|
|
Inventory write-offs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,088
|
|
Employee termination and other benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,641
|
|
Noncancelable lease and other contractual obligations and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,030
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
24,427
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rollforward of accrued restructuring is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Beginning accrual
|
|
$
|
22,399
|
|
Cash payments
|
|
|
(4,381
|
)
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
1,327
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending accrual
|
|
$
|
19,345
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accrual balance as of April 3, 2010 is comprised of
$16,284 in current accrued liabilities and $3,061 in other
noncurrent liabilities. The $16,284 in current accrued
liabilities consists of $7,747 for employee termination and
other benefits and $8,537 for noncancelable lease and other
contractual obligations. The $3,061 in other noncurrent
liabilities primarily consists of noncancelable lease and other
contractual obligations.
Adjustments to previous estimates resulted from activity related
to prior year restructuring actions.
24
|
|
Item 2.
|
Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
|
This managements discussion and analysis of financial
condition and results of operations, or MD&A, contains
forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.
Please see Forward-Looking Statements in this
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions
associated with these statements. This discussion should be read
in conjunction with our historical financial statements and
related notes thereto and the other disclosures contained
elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q.
The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and
notes included herein should be read in conjunction with our
audited consolidated financial statements and notes for the year
ended January 2, 2010, which were included in our Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The results
of operations for the periods reflected herein are not
necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for
future periods, and our actual results may differ materially
from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a
result of various factors, including but not limited to those
included elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
and those included in the Risk Factors section and
elsewhere in our Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
Overview
We are a consumer goods company with a portfolio of leading
apparel brands, including Hanes, Champion, Playtex, Bali,
Leggs, Just My Size, barely there, Wonderbra,
Stedman, Outer Banks, Zorba, Rinbros and Duofold. We
design, manufacture, source and sell a broad range of apparel
essentials such as
T-shirts,
bras, panties, mens underwear, kids underwear,
casualwear, activewear, socks and hosiery.
Our operations are managed and reported in five operating
segments, each of which is a reportable segment for financial
reporting purposes: Innerwear, Outerwear, Hosiery, Direct to
Consumer and International. These segments are organized
principally by product category, geographic location and
distribution channel. Management of each segment is responsible
for the operations of these segments businesses but shares
a common supply chain and media and marketing platforms. In
October 2009, we completed the sale of our yarn operations and,
as a result, we no longer have net sales in the Other segment,
which was primarily comprised of sales of yarn to third parties.
Seasonality
Our operating results are subject to some variability due to
seasonality and other factors. Generally, our diverse range of
product offerings helps mitigate the impact of seasonal changes
in demand for certain items. Sales are typically higher in the
last two quarters (July to December) of each fiscal year. Socks,
hosiery and fleece products generally have higher sales during
this period as a result of cooler weather,
back-to-school
shopping and holidays. Sales levels in any period are also
impacted by customers decisions to increase or decrease
their inventory levels in response to anticipated consumer
demand. Our customers may cancel orders, change delivery
schedules or change the mix of products ordered with minimal
notice to us. For example, we have experienced a shift in timing
by our largest retail customers of
back-to-school
programs between June and July the last two years.
Highlights
from the First Quarter Ended April 3, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales in the first quarter of 2010 were
$928 million, compared with $858 million in the first
quarter of 2009, representing an 8.2% increase.
|
|
|
|
Operating profit was $86 million in the first quarter of
2010, compared with $16 million in the first quarter of
2009. As a percent of sales, operating profit was 9.2% in the
first quarter of 2010 compared to 1.9% in the first quarter of
2009.
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per share were $0.37 in the first quarter of
2010, compared with a loss of $0.20 in the first quarter of 2009.
|
|
|
|
Gross capital expenditures were $28 million during the
first quarter of 2010, compared with $56 million in the
first quarter of 2009. Proceeds from sales of assets were
$40 million in the first quarter of 2010.
|
25
Condensed
Consolidated Results of Operations First Quarter
Ended April 3, 2010 Compared with First Quarter Ended
April 4, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
|
April 4,
|
|
|
Higher
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(Lower)
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
927,840
|
|
|
$
|
857,841
|
|
|
$
|
69,999
|
|
|
|
8.2
|
%
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
600,410
|
|
|
|
599,965
|
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
327,430
|
|
|
|
257,876
|
|
|
|
69,554
|
|
|
|
27.0
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
241,718
|
|
|
|
223,238
|
|
|
|
18,480
|
|
|
|
8.3
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,671
|
|
|
|
(18,671
|
)
|
|
|
(100.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
85,712
|
|
|
|
15,967
|
|
|
|
69,745
|
|
|
|
436.8
|
|
Other expenses
|
|
|
1,406
|
|
|
|
3,946
|
|
|
|
(2,540
|
)
|
|
|
(64.4
|
)
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
37,495
|
|
|
|
36,800
|
|
|
|
695
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
46,811
|
|
|
|
(24,779
|
)
|
|
|
71,590
|
|
|
|
NM
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
10,298
|
|
|
|
(5,451
|
)
|
|
|
15,749
|
|
|
|
NM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
36,513
|
|
|
$
|
(19,328
|
)
|
|
$
|
55,841
|
|
|
|
NM
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
|
April 4,
|
|
|
Higher
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(Lower)
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
927,840
|
|
|
$
|
857,841
|
|
|
$
|
69,999
|
|
|
|
8.2
|
%
|
Consolidated net sales were higher by $70 million or 8% in
the first quarter of 2010 compared to the first quarter of 2009,
which reflects significant space and distribution gains at
retailers, positive retail sell-through and some inventory
restocking at retail. Our significant retail shelf-space gains
contributed approximately 6% of sales growth, while
approximately 2% of growth was driven by increased retail
sell-through, retailer inventory restocking and foreign currency
exchange rates.
Innerwear, Outerwear, Direct to Consumer and International
segment net sales were higher by $33 million (8%),
$24 million (11%), $3 million (4%) and
$15 million (17%), respectively, in the first quarter of
2010 compared to the first quarter of 2009. Hosiery and Other
segment net sales were lower by $2 million (5%) and
$3 million, respectively, in the first quarter of 2010
compared to the first quarter of 2009.
Innerwear segment net sales were higher by 8% in the first
quarter of 2010 compared to the first quarter of 2009, driven by
increases in all product categories resulting from space and
distribution gains, retailer inventory restocking and stronger
sales at retail. Male underwear net sales were higher by 14% and
intimate apparel net sales were 5% higher.
Our Outerwear segment net sales, which also benefited from space
and distribution gains and stronger sales at retail, were higher
by 11% in the first quarter of 2010 compared to the first
quarter of 2009 even though normally the first quarter is the
seasonal low sales quarter for this segment. Casualwear net
sales in the retail and wholesale channels were higher by 19% in
total. The higher net sales of 49% in the retail casualwear
channel reflect space gains resulting primarily from an
exclusive long-term agreement entered into with Wal-Mart in
April 2009 that significantly expanded the presence of our
Just My Size brand. In addition, our Champion
brand activewear net sales, which continue to be positively
impacted by our marketing investment in the brand and space
gains, were higher by 5%.
Hosiery segment net sales were lower by 5% in the first quarter
of 2010 compared to the first quarter of 2009. The first quarter
decline rate reflects the fourth consecutive quarter of improved
net sales trends.
Direct to Consumer segment net sales were higher by 4% in the
first quarter of 2010 compared to the first quarter of 2009
primarily due to higher net sales related to our Internet
operations and higher net sales in our outlet stores
attributable to new store openings since the first quarter of
2009.
26
International segment net sales were higher by 17% in the first
quarter of 2010 compared to the first quarter of 2009, primarily
attributable to a favorable impact of $9 million related to
foreign currency exchange rates and stronger net sales in Canada
and Mexico. Our most established businesses are in Canada and
Mexico where we hold leading Innerwear positions with strong
market shares in intimate apparel and male underwear product
categories. International segment net sales were higher by 6% in
the first quarter of 2010 compared to the first quarter of 2009
after excluding the impact of foreign exchange rates on currency.
Gross
Profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
April 4,
|
|
Higher
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
(Lower)
|
|
Change
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
$
|
327,430
|
|
|
$
|
257,876
|
|
|
$
|
69,554
|
|
|
|
27.0
|
%
|
As a percent of net sales, our gross profit was 35.3% in the
first quarter of 2010 compared to 30.1% in the first quarter of
2009, increasing as a result of the items described below. Our
results in the first quarter of 2010 primarily benefited from
higher sales volumes and lower manufacturing costs.
Our gross profit was higher by $70 million in the first
quarter of 2010 compared to the first quarter of 2009 due
primarily to higher sales volume of $33 million, lower
cotton costs of $13 million, lower production costs of
$12 million related to lower energy and oil-related costs,
including freight costs, lower other manufacturing costs of
$7 million primarily related to cost reductions, vendor
price reductions of $6 million, lower
start-up and
shutdown costs of $5 million associated with the
consolidation and globalization of our supply chain, savings
from our prior restructuring actions of $4 million, a
$4 million favorable impact related to foreign currency
exchange rates and lower on-going excess and obsolete inventory
costs of $3 million. The favorable impact of foreign
currency exchange rates in our International segment was
primarily due to the strengthening of the Canadian dollar,
Mexican peso and Brazilian real compared to the U.S. dollar.
The cotton prices reflected in our results were 52 cents per
pound in the first quarter of 2010 compared to 74 cents per
pound in the first quarter of 2009. After taking into
consideration the cotton costs currently included in inventory,
we expect our cost of cotton to average 69 cents per pound for
the full year of 2010 compared to 55 cents per pound for 2009.
While cotton and oil-related costs were lower in the first
quarter of 2010 compared to the first quarter of 2009, we
continue to see higher prices for cotton and oil-related
materials in the market, which will impact our results for the
remainder of 2010. The current market price for cotton, which
will impact our operating results in the latter half of 2010,
has risen to the low 80 cents per pound range.
Our gross profit was negatively impacted by an unfavorable
product sales mix of $11 million, higher sales incentives
of $6 million and lower product pricing of $3 million,
primarily within the wholesale casualwear channel. Our sales
incentives were higher as we made significant investments to
support retailers and position ourselves for future sales
opportunities.
We incurred one-time restructuring related write-offs of
$3 million in the first quarter of 2009 for stranded raw
materials and work in process inventory determined not to be
salvageable or cost-effective to relocate, which did not recur
in the first quarter of 2010.
Selling,
General and Administrative Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
April 4,
|
|
Higher
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
(Lower)
|
|
Change
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
$
|
241,718
|
|
|
$
|
223,238
|
|
|
$
|
18,480
|
|
|
|
8.3
|
%
|
Our selling, general and administrative expenses were
$18 million higher in the first quarter of 2010 compared to
the first quarter of 2009. Our media related media, advertising
and promotion (MAP) expenses and non-media related
MAP expenses were higher by $7 million and $6 million,
respectively, during the first quarter of 2010 compared to the
first quarter of 2009 when we reduced spending due to the
recession. MAP
27
expenses may vary from period to period during a fiscal year
depending on the timing of our advertising campaigns for retail
selling seasons and product introductions. We also incurred
higher consulting expenses of $3 million, higher selling
and other marketing expenses of $3 million, higher
distribution expenses of $2 million and higher technology
expenses of $1 million. The higher selling and other
marketing expenses and distribution expenses were primarily due
to higher sales volumes.
These higher expenses were partially offset by savings of
$4 million from our prior restructuring actions and lower
stock compensation and certain other benefit expenses of
$4 million.
We also incurred higher expenses of $2 million in the first
quarter of 2010 compared to the first quarter of 2009 as a
result of new retail stores or expanding existing stores over
the last 12 months. We opened one retail store during the
first quarter of 2010. Changes due to foreign currency exchange
rates, which are included in the impact of the changes discussed
above, resulted in higher selling, general and administrative
expenses of $3 million in the first quarter of 2010
compared to the first quarter of 2009.
Restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
April 4,
|
|
Higher
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
(Lower)
|
|
Change
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,671
|
|
|
$
|
(18,671
|
)
|
|
|
(100.0
|
)%
|
During the first quarter of 2009, we incurred $19 million
in restructuring charges, which primarily related to exiting
supply contracts, employee termination and other benefits and
other exit costs associated with facility closures approved
during that period that did not recur in 2010.
Operating
Profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
April 4,
|
|
Higher
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
(Lower)
|
|
Change
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
$
|
85,712
|
|
|
$
|
15,967
|
|
|
$
|
69,745
|
|
|
|
436.8
|
%
|
Operating profit was higher in the first quarter of 2010
compared to the first quarter of 2009 as a result of higher
gross profit of $70 million and lower restructuring and
related charges of $19 million, partially offset by higher
selling, general and administrative expenses of
$18 million. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates had
a favorable impact on operating profit of $1 million in the
first quarter of 2010 compared to the first quarter of 2009.
Other
Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
April 4,
|
|
Higher
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
(Lower)
|
|
Change
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
Other expenses
|
|
$
|
1,406
|
|
|
$
|
3,946
|
|
|
$
|
(2,540
|
)
|
|
|
(64.4
|
)%
|
During the first quarter of 2010, we wrote off unamortized debt
issuance costs and incurred charges for funding fees associated
with the sales of certain trade accounts receivable to financial
institutions, which combined totaled $1 million. The
write-off related to unamortized debt issuance costs resulting
from the reduction in borrowing capacity available under the
accounts receivable securitization facility that we entered into
in November 2007 (the Accounts Receivable Securitization
Facility) from $250 million to $150 million that
we effected in recognition of our lower trade accounts
receivable balance resulting from the sales of certain trade
accounts receivable to a financial institution outside the
Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility.
28
During the first quarter of 2009, we incurred costs to amend the
senior secured credit facility that we entered into in 2006 (the
2006 Senior Secured Credit Facility) and the
Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility of $4 million.
Interest
Expense, Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
April 4,
|
|
Higher
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
(Lower)
|
|
Change
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
$
|
37,495
|
|
|
$
|
36,800
|
|
|
$
|
695
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
%
|
Interest expense, net was higher by $1 million in the first
quarter of 2010 compared to the first quarter of 2009. The
refinancing of our debt structure in December 2009, which
included the amendment and restatement of the 2006 Senior
Secured Credit Facility (as amended and restated, the 2009
Senior Secured Credit Facility), the issuance of our
$500 million 8.000% Senior Notes due 2016 (the
8% Senior Notes) and settlement of certain
outstanding interest rate hedging instruments, combined with a
lower London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, and
federal funds rate caused a net increase in interest expense in
the first quarter of 2010 compared to the first quarter of 2009
of $6 million.
These increases in interest expense were partially offset by
lower outstanding debt balances that reduced interest expense by
$5 million. Our weighted average interest rate on our
outstanding debt was 5.49% during the first quarter of 2010
compared to 5.88% in the first quarter of 2009.
We are required under the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility to
hedge a portion of our floating rate debt to reduce interest
rate risk caused by floating rate debt issuance. To comply with
this requirement, in the first quarter of 2010 we entered into
hedging arrangements whereby we capped the LIBOR interest rate
component on an aggregate of $491 million of the floating
rate debt under our $500 million Floating Rate Senior Notes
due 2014 (the Floating Rate Senior Notes) at 4.262%.
Income
Tax Expense (Benefit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
April 4,
|
|
Higher
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
(Lower)
|
|
Change
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
$
|
10,298
|
|
|
$
|
(5,451
|
)
|
|
$
|
15,749
|
|
|
|
NM
|
|
Our effective income tax rate was 22% in the first quarter of
2010 and the first quarter of 2009. We recorded a tax benefit on
a pre-tax loss of $25 million primarily the result of
significant restructuring and related charges in the first
quarter of 2009.
The effective income tax rate of 22% for the first quarter of
2010 is primarily attributable to a lower proportion of our
earnings attributed to foreign subsidiaries than in the first
quarter of 2009, which are taxed at rates lower than the
U.S. statutory rate, offset by a benefit in the first
quarter of 2010 resulting from the finalization of tax reviews
and audits for amounts that were less than originally
anticipated. Our effective tax rate reflects our strategic
initiative to make capital investments outside the United States
in our global supply chain in 2010.
Net
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
April 4,
|
|
Higher
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
(Lower)
|
|
Change
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
36,513
|
|
|
$
|
(19,328
|
)
|
|
$
|
55,841
|
|
|
|
NM
|
|
29
Net income for the first quarter of 2010 was higher than the
first quarter of 2009 primarily due to higher operating profit
of $70 million and lower other expenses of $3 million,
partially offset by higher income tax expense of
$16 million and higher interest expense of $1 million.
Operating
Results by Business Segment First Quarter Ended
April 3, 2010 Compared with First Quarter Ended
April 4, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
|
April 4,
|
|
|
Higher
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(Lower)
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Innerwear
|
|
$
|
450,817
|
|
|
$
|
417,990
|
|
|
$
|
32,827
|
|
|
|
7.9
|
%
|
Outerwear
|
|
|
241,848
|
|
|
|
217,511
|
|
|
|
24,337
|
|
|
|
11.2
|
|
Hosiery
|
|
|
47,908
|
|
|
|
50,382
|
|
|
|
(2,474
|
)
|
|
|
(4.9
|
)
|
Direct to Consumer
|
|
|
84,492
|
|
|
|
81,396
|
|
|
|
3,096
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
International
|
|
|
102,775
|
|
|
|
87,919
|
|
|
|
14,856
|
|
|
|
16.9
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,643
|
|
|
|
(2,643
|
)
|
|
|
(100.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales
|
|
$
|
927,840
|
|
|
$
|
857,841
|
|
|
$
|
69,999
|
|
|
|
8.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment operating profit (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Innerwear
|
|
$
|
74,976
|
|
|
$
|
47,356
|
|
|
$
|
27,620
|
|
|
|
58.3
|
%
|
Outerwear
|
|
|
4,962
|
|
|
|
(13,719
|
)
|
|
|
18,681
|
|
|
|
NM
|
|
Hosiery
|
|
|
18,506
|
|
|
|
17,473
|
|
|
|
1,033
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
Direct to Consumer
|
|
|
873
|
|
|
|
4,408
|
|
|
|
(3,535
|
)
|
|
|
(80.2
|
)
|
International
|
|
|
10,905
|
|
|
|
9,168
|
|
|
|
1,737
|
|
|
|
18.9
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segment operating profit
|
|
|
110,222
|
|
|
|
64,671
|
|
|
|
45,551
|
|
|
|
70.4
|
|
Items not included in segment operating profit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General corporate expenses
|
|
|
(21,384
|
)
|
|
|
(21,188
|
)
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
Amortization of trademarks and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
intangibles
|
|
|
(3,126
|
)
|
|
|
(3,089
|
)
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18,671
|
)
|
|
|
(18,671
|
)
|
|
|
(100.0
|
)
|
Inventory write-off included in cost of sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,088
|
)
|
|
|
(3,088
|
)
|
|
|
(100.0
|
)
|
Accelerated depreciation included in cost of sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,498
|
)
|
|
|
(2,498
|
)
|
|
|
(100.0
|
)
|
Accelerated depreciation included in selling,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(170
|
)
|
|
|
(170
|
)
|
|
|
(100.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating profit
|
|
|
85,712
|
|
|
|
15,967
|
|
|
|
69,745
|
|
|
|
436.8
|
|
Other expenses
|
|
|
(1,406
|
)
|
|
|
(3,946
|
)
|
|
|
(2,540
|
)
|
|
|
(64.4
|
)
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
(37,495
|
)
|
|
|
(36,800
|
)
|
|
|
695
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
$
|
46,811
|
|
|
$
|
(24,779
|
)
|
|
$
|
71,590
|
|
|
|
NM
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A significant portion of the selling, general and administrative
expenses in each segment is an allocation of our consolidated
selling, general and administrative expenses, however certain
expenses that are specifically identifiable to a segment are
charged directly to such segment. The allocation methodology for
the consolidated selling, general and administrative expenses
for the first quarter of 2010 is consistent with the first
quarter of 2009. Our consolidated selling, general and
administrative expenses before segment allocations were
$18 million higher in the first quarter of 2010 compared to
the first quarter of 2009.
30
Innerwear
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
April 4,
|
|
Higher
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
(Lower)
|
|
Change
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
450,817
|
|
|
$
|
417,990
|
|
|
$
|
32,827
|
|
|
|
7.9
|
%
|
Segment operating profit
|
|
|
74,976
|
|
|
|
47,356
|
|
|
|
27,620
|
|
|
|
58.3
|
|
Overall net sales in the Innerwear segment were higher by
$33 million or 8% in the first quarter of 2010 compared to
the first quarter of 2009, primarily due to space and
distribution gains, retailer inventory restocking and stronger
sales at retail. We are focused on growing the Innerwear segment
by leveraging our strong brands across all distribution channels
and using our innovation processes to take advantage of
long-term consumer trends. We continue to leverage our scale and
consumer insight to gain new space and distribution.
Net sales in our male underwear product category were
$22 million higher in the first quarter of 2010 compared to
the first quarter of 2009, which reflect higher net sales in our
Hanes brand of $20 million primarily due to
distribution gains related to a new customer in the discount
retail channel, space gains in the mass merchant and department
store channels and increased retail sell through. Our male
underwear product category continues to benefit from the
increased media support for our Hanes brand and from our
identification of key long-term megatrends such as comfort and
dyed and color products. We have developed innovations to
capitalize on these trends such as the Hanes Lay Flat
Collar T-shirts and Hanes Comfortsoft waist band briefs
and boxers.
Total intimate apparel net sales were $10 million higher in
the first quarter of 2010 compared to the first quarter of 2009
primarily due to higher net sales in our Hanes brand of
$4 million, our smaller brands (barely there,
Just My Size and Wonderbra) of $4 million and
our Playtex brand of $3 million. Distribution gains
related to a new customer in the discount retail channel and
space gains and retailer inventory restocking in the mass
merchant and national chain channels contributed to the higher
net sales in the intimate apparel product category.
Higher net sales of $1 million in our socks product
category reflect higher Hanes brand net sales of
$5 million primarily due to space gains in the mass
merchant channel, partially offset by a decline in Champion
brand net sales of $4 million primarily due to lower
net sales in the wholesale club channel in the first quarter of
2010 compared to the first quarter of 2009.
The Innerwear segment gross profit was higher by
$32 million in the first quarter of 2010 compared to the
first quarter of 2009. The higher gross profit was primarily due
to higher sales volume of $17 million, lower production
costs of $7 million related to lower energy and oil-related
costs, including freight costs, lower cotton costs of
$6 million, higher product pricing of $4 million
before increased sales incentives, savings from our prior
restructuring actions of $3 million, lower on-going excess
and obsolete inventory costs of $3 million, vendor price
reductions of $3 million and lower other manufacturing
costs of $3 million primarily related to cost reductions at
our manufacturing facilities. These lower costs were partially
offset by higher sales incentives of $7 million due to
investments made with retailers and an unfavorable product sales
mix of $7 million.
As a percent of segment net sales, gross profit in the Innerwear
segment was 35.9% in the first quarter of 2010 compared to 31.1%
in the first quarter of 2009, increasing as a result of the
items described above.
The higher Innerwear segment operating profit in the first
quarter of 2010 compared to the first quarter of 2009 was
primarily attributable to higher gross profit and savings of
$2 million from prior restructuring actions primarily for
compensation and related benefits, partially offset by higher
media related MAP expenses of $4 million and higher
non-media related MAP expenses of $2 million.
31
Outerwear
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
April 4,
|
|
Higher
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
(Lower)
|
|
Change
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
241,848
|
|
|
$
|
217,511
|
|
|
$
|
24,337
|
|
|
|
11.2
|
%
|
Segment operating profit
|
|
|
4,962
|
|
|
|
(13,719
|
)
|
|
|
18,681
|
|
|
|
NM
|
|
Our Outerwear segment net sales, which benefited from space and
distribution gains and stronger sales at retail, were higher by
$24 million or 11% in the first quarter of 2010 compared to
the first quarter of 2009. Casualwear net sales were higher in
both the retail and wholesale channels by $16 million and
$5 million, respectively. The higher net sales of 49% in
the retail casualwear channel reflect space gains resulting
primarily from an exclusive long-term agreement entered into
with Wal-Mart in April 2009 that significantly expanded the
presence of our Just My Size brand. This integrated
program with Wal-Mart develops, sources, and merchandises a line
of womens clothing designed to meet the needs of plus size
women.
Our Champion brand activewear net sales, which continue
to be positively impacted by our marketing investment in the
brand and space gains in wholesale club and sporting goods
channels, were higher by $5 million or 5%. Our Champion
brand has achieved consistent growth by focusing on the fast
growing active demographic with a unique moderate price
positioning.
The Outerwear segment gross profit was higher by
$22 million in the first quarter of 2010 compared to the
first quarter of 2009. The higher gross profit was primarily due
to higher sales volume of $10 million, lower cotton costs
of $7 million, lower production costs of $4 million
related to lower energy and oil-related costs, including freight
costs, lower other manufacturing costs of $3 million
primarily related to cost reductions at our manufacturing
facilities, lower sales incentives of $3 million and vendor
price reductions of $2 million. These lower costs were
partially offset by lower product pricing of $7 million
primarily within the wholesale casualwear channel and an
unfavorable product sales mix of $2 million.
As a percent of segment net sales, gross profit in the Outerwear
segment was 21.1% in the first quarter of 2010 compared to 13.3%
in the first quarter of 2009, increasing as a result of the
items described above.
The higher Outerwear segment operating profit in the first
quarter of 2010 compared to the first quarter of 2009 was
primarily attributable to higher gross profit, partially offset
by higher non-media related MAP expenses of $3 million and
higher media related MAP expenses of $1 million.
Hosiery
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
April 4,
|
|
Higher
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
(Lower)
|
|
Change
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
47,908
|
|
|
$
|
50,382
|
|
|
$
|
(2,474
|
)
|
|
|
(4.9
|
)%
|
Segment operating profit
|
|
|
18,506
|
|
|
|
17,473
|
|
|
|
1,033
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
Net sales in the Hosiery segment declined by $2 million or
5%, which was primarily due to lower sales of our Leggs
brand to mass retailers and food and drug stores. The first
quarter decline rate reflects the fourth consecutive quarter of
improved net sales trends. The hosiery category has been in a
state of consistent decline for the past decade, as the trend
toward casual dress reduced demand for sheer hosiery. While we
do not anticipate growth in the Hosiery segment, net sales may
potentially flatten after declines continue through 2010 as this
business is now the size of a specialty business and the major
space contractions that retailers have made to their hosiery
sections have largely been implemented. We are also seeing signs
of younger consumers becoming interested in the category as
tights have become an established trend. Generally, we manage
the Hosiery segment for cash, placing an emphasis on reducing
our cost structure and managing cash efficiently.
The Hosiery segment gross profit was higher by $2 million
in the first quarter of 2010 compared to the first quarter of
2009. The higher gross profit for the first quarter of 2010
compared to the first quarter of 2009
32
was primarily the result of lower other manufacturing costs of
$1 million, higher product pricing of $1 million and
vendor price reductions of $1 million, partially offset by
lower sales volume of $2 million.
As a percent of segment net sales, gross profit in the Hosiery
segment was 57.5% in the first quarter of 2010 compared to 51.0%
in the first quarter of 2009, increasing as a result of the
items described above.
The higher Hosiery segment operating profit in the first quarter
of 2010 compared to the first quarter of 2009 is primarily
attributable to higher gross profit, partially offset by higher
media related MAP expenses of $1 million.
Direct
to Consumer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
April 4,
|
|
Higher
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
(Lower)
|
|
Change
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
84,492
|
|
|
$
|
81,396
|
|
|
$
|
3,096
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
%
|
Segment operating profit
|
|
|
873
|
|
|
|
4,408
|
|
|
|
(3,535
|
)
|
|
|
(80.2
|
)
|
Direct to Consumer segment net sales were $3 million or 4%
higher in the first quarter of 2010 compared to the first
quarter of 2009 primarily due to higher net sales related to our
Internet operations and higher net sales in our outlet stores
attributable to new store openings since the first quarter of
2009. Comparable store sales were slightly lower (2%) driven by
lower traffic.
The Direct to Consumer segment gross profit was higher by
$1 million in the first quarter of 2010 compared to the
first quarter of 2009. The higher gross profit was primarily due
to higher sales volume of $2 million. As a percent of
segment net sales, gross profit in the Direct to Consumer
segment was 61.9% in the first quarter of 2010 compared to 62.9%
in the first quarter of 2009.
The lower Direct to Consumer segment operating profit in the
first quarter of 2010 compared to the first quarter of 2009 was
primarily attributable to higher non-media related MAP expenses
of $2 million, higher expenses of $2 million as a
result of new retail stores or expanding existing stores over
the last 12 months and higher distribution expenses of
$1 million, partially offset by higher gross profit.
International
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
April 4,
|
|
Higher
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
(Lower)
|
|
Change
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
102,775
|
|
|
$
|
87,919
|
|
|
$
|
14,856
|
|
|
|
16.9
|
%
|
Segment operating profit
|
|
|
10,905
|
|
|
|
9,168
|
|
|
|
1,737
|
|
|
|
18.9
|
|
Overall net sales in the International segment were higher by
$15 million or 17% in the first quarter of 2010 compared to
the first quarter of 2009, primarily attributable to a favorable
impact of $9 million related to foreign currency exchange
rates and stronger net sales in Canada and Mexico. Excluding the
impact of foreign exchange rates on currency, International
segment net sales increased by 6% in the first quarter of 2010
compared to the first quarter of 2009. The favorable impact of
foreign currency exchange rates in our International segment was
primarily due to the strengthening of the Canadian dollar,
Mexican peso and Brazilian real compared to the
U.S. dollar. During the first quarter of 2010, we
experienced higher net sales, in each case excluding the impact
of foreign currency exchange rates, in our activewear and male
underwear businesses in Canada of $6 million and in our
intimate apparel business in Mexico of $2 million,
partially offset by lower net sales in our casualwear business
in Europe of $2 million and lower net sales in Japan of
$1 million. Our most established businesses are in Canada
and Mexico where we hold leading Innerwear positions with strong
market shares in intimate apparel and male underwear product
categories. In certain international markets we are focusing on
adopting global designs for some product categories to quickly
launch new styles to expand our market position. The higher net
sales reflect our successful efforts to improve our strong
positions.
33
The International segment gross profit was higher by
$6 million in the first quarter of 2010 compared to the
first quarter of 2009. The higher gross profit was primarily a
result of a favorable impact related to foreign currency
exchange rates of $4 million and higher sales volume of
$3 million.
As a percent of segment net sales, gross profit in the
International segment was 41.1% in the first quarter of 2010
compared to the first quarter of 2009 at 40.9%, increasing as a
result of the items described above.
The higher International segment operating profit in the first
quarter of 2010 compared to the first quarter of 2009 was
primarily attributable to the higher gross profit, partially
offset by higher selling and other marketing expenses of
$2 million and higher distribution expenses of
$1 million. The changes in foreign currency exchange rates,
which are included in the impact on gross profit above, had a
favorable impact on operating profit of $1 million in the
first quarter of 2010 compared to the first quarter of 2009.
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
April 4,
|
|
Higher
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
(Lower)
|
|
Change
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
2,643
|
|
|
$
|
(2,643
|
)
|
|
|
(100.0
|
)%
|
Segment operating profit (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
Sales in our Other segment primarily consisted of sales of yarn
to third parties, which were intended to maintain asset
utilization at certain manufacturing facilities and generate
approximate break even margins. In October 2009, we completed
the sale of our yarn operations as a result of which we ceased
making our own yarn and now source all of our yarn requirements
from large-scale yarn suppliers. As a result of the sale of our
yarn operations, we no longer have net sales in our Other
segment.
General
Corporate Expenses
General corporate expenses were flat in the first quarter of
2010 compared to the first quarter of 2009 primarily due to
lower
start-up and
shut-down costs of $5 million associated with the
consolidation and globalization of our supply chain, partially
offset by $2 million related to foreign exchange
transaction losses and higher other expenses of $3 million.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Trends
and Uncertainties Affecting Liquidity
Our primary sources of liquidity are cash generated by
operations and availability under our Revolving Loan Facility,
Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility and our
international loan facilities. At April 3, 2010, we had
$269 million of borrowing availability under our
$400 million Revolving Loan Facility (after taking into
account outstanding letters of credit), $45 million of
borrowing availability under our international loan facilities,
$42 million in cash and cash equivalents and
$4 million of borrowing availability under our Accounts
Receivable Securitization Facility. We currently believe that
our existing cash balances and cash generated by operations,
together with our available credit capacity, will enable us to
comply with the terms of our indebtedness and meet foreseeable
liquidity requirements.
The following have impacted or are expected to impact liquidity:
|
|
|
|
|
we have principal and interest obligations under our debt;
|
|
|
|
we expect to continue to invest in efforts to improve operating
efficiencies and lower costs;
|
|
|
|
we expect to continue to ramp up our lower-cost manufacturing
capacity in Asia, Central America and the Caribbean Basin and
enhance efficiency;
|
|
|
|
we expect to make payments related to actions taken in prior
periods related to our restructuring efforts;
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
we may selectively pursue strategic acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
we could increase or decrease the portion of the income of our
foreign subsidiaries that is expected to be remitted to the
United States, which could significantly impact our effective
income tax rate; and
|
|
|
|
our board of directors has authorized the repurchase of up to
10 million shares of our stock in the open market over the
next few years (2.8 million of which we have repurchased as
of April 3, 2010 at a cost of $75 million), although
we may choose not to repurchase any stock and instead focus on
the repayment of our debt.
|
We expect to be able to manage our working capital levels and
capital expenditure amounts to maintain sufficient levels of
liquidity. We have restructured our supply chain over the past
three years to create more efficient production clusters that
utilize fewer, larger facilities and to balance production
capability between the Western Hemisphere and Asia. As a result
of increased sales expectations for 2010 as discussed below in
the Outlook section of this MD&A, we have
secured additional capacity with outside contractors to support
sales growth. With our global supply chain infrastructure
substantially in place, we are now focused on optimizing our
supply chain to further enhance efficiency, improve working
capital and asset turns and reduce costs. We are focused on
optimizing the working capital needs of our supply chain through
several initiatives, such as supplier-managed inventory for raw
materials and sourced goods ownership arrangements. Factors that
could help us in these efforts include higher sales volume and
the realization of additional cost benefits from previous
restructuring and related actions.
As of April 3, 2010, we were in compliance with all
financial covenants under our credit facilities. We expect to
maintain compliance with our covenants for the foreseeable
future, however economic conditions or the occurrence of events
discussed under Risk Factors in our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
or other SEC filings could cause noncompliance.
Our debt under the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility, Floating
Rate Senior Notes and Accounts Receivable Securitization
Facility bear interest at variable rates. As a result, we are
exposed to changes in market interest rates that could impact
the cost of servicing our debt. We are required under the 2009
Senior Secured Credit Facility to hedge a portion of our
floating rate debt to reduce interest rate risk caused by
floating rate debt issuance. To comply with this requirement, in
the first quarter of 2010 we entered into hedging arrangements
whereby we capped the LIBOR interest rate component on an
aggregate of $491 million of the floating rate debt under
the Floating Rate Senior Notes at 4.262%. The interest rate cap
arrangements, with notional amounts of $241 million and
$250 million, expire in December 2011.
Outlook
We have built a powerful three-plank growth platform designed to
use big brands to increase sales domestically and
internationally, use a low-cost worldwide supply chain to expand
margins, and use strong cash flow to support multiple strategies
to create value.
The first plank of our growth platform is the size and power of
our brands. We have made significant investment in our consumer
insights capability, innovative product development, and
marketing. We have very large U.S. share positions, with
the No. 1 share in all our innerwear categories and
strong positions in outerwear categories, but we have ample
opportunities to further build share. Internationally, our
commercial markets include Mexico, Canada, Japan, India, Brazil
and China where a substantial amount of gross domestic product
growth outside the United States will be concentrated over the
next decade.
The second plank of our growth platform is the unique, low-cost
global supply chain that we have just built. Our low-cost,
high-scale supply chain spans both the Western and Eastern
hemispheres and creates a competitive advantage for us around
the globe. Our supply chain has generated significant cost
savings, margin expansion and contributions to cash flow and
will continue to do so as we further optimize our size, scale
and production capability. To support our growth, we have
increased our production capacity. Our Nanjing textile facility
started production in the fourth quarter of 2009 and we expect
to ramp up production over the next 15 months.
35
The third plank of our growth platform is our ability to
consistently generate strong cash flow. We have the potential to
increase cash flow, and we have a new flexible long-term capital
structure that allows us to use cash in executing multiple
strategies for earnings growth, including debt reduction and
selective tactical acquisitions.
We have secured significant shelf-space and distribution gains
at retail, and started to ship product for most of this
increased space in 2010. Program gains significantly outnumber
program losses, and we expect the net space gains to generate
slightly more than 5 percentage points of incremental sales
growth in 2010, independent of a consumer spending rebound. By
segment, two-thirds of the increases are expected in our
Innerwear segment and most of the remainder in our Outerwear
segment. However, both our Direct to Consumer and International
segments should also see mid-single-digit growth in 2010. Based
upon strong first quarter 2010 performance, we could see sales
growth of 1 to 3 percentage points in 2010 from an overall
increase in consumer spending, retailer inventory restocking and
foreign currency exchange rates.
As a result of the increased sales expectations, we may invest
an incremental $5 million to $10 million in
advertising and trade spending over the remainder of the year
which should restore our media spending back to a range of $90
to $100 million in an effort to further build market share
growth.
During 2010, we expect our annual gross capital spending to be
relatively comparable to our annual depreciation and
amortization expense and should represent our last high year of
gross capital spending. We now expect net capital expenditures
of approximately $60 to $70 million in the full year 2010
to support our expectation for increasing sales, up from
$50 million previously expected. We may also need to carry
additional inventory into 2011 to support continuing sales
momentum and secure additional production capacity with outside
contractors as needed.
While cotton and oil-related costs were lower in the first
quarter of 2010 compared to the first quarter of 2009, we
continue to see higher prices for cotton and oil-related
materials in the market, which will impact our results for the
remainder of 2010. After taking into consideration the cotton
costs currently included in inventory, we expect our cost of
cotton to average 69 cents per pound for the full year of 2010
compared to 55 cents per pound for 2009 which will be a negative
impact of approximately $34 million compared to the full
year of 2009. The current market price for cotton, which will
impact our operating results in the latter half of 2010, has
risen to the low 80 cents per pound range. If we continue to see
sustained increases, we may need to increase prices or find
other cost reductions to mitigate the impact.
Cash
Requirements for Our Business
We rely on our cash flows generated from operations and the
borrowing capacity under our Revolving Loan Facility, Accounts
Receivable Securitization Facility and international loan
facilities to meet the cash requirements of our business. The
primary cash requirements of our business are payments to
vendors in the normal course of business, capital expenditures,
maturities of debt and related interest payments, restructuring
costs, contributions to our pension plans and repurchases of our
stock. We believe we have sufficient cash and available
borrowings for our liquidity needs. The flexibility provided by
the debt refinancing we completed in December 2009 provides
greater opportunity to pay down debt, repurchase our stock,
pursue selected acquisitions or make discretionary contributions
to our pension plans.
Capital spending has varied significantly from year to year as
we executed our supply chain consolidation and globalization
strategy and the integration and consolidation of our technology
systems. As a result of increased sales expectations for 2010,
we expect to invest $60 to $70 million in net capital
expenditures, up from $50 million previously expected and
intend to carry adequate inventory levels to maximize sales
potential. We spent $28 million on gross capital
expenditures during the first quarter of 2010, which were offset
by cash proceeds of $40 million from sales of exited supply
chain facilities and sale-leaseback transactions.
There have been no other significant changes in the cash
requirements for our business from those described in our Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended January 2, 2010.
36
Sources
and Uses of Our Cash
The information presented below regarding the sources and uses
of our cash flows for the quarters ended April 3, 2010 and
April 4, 2009 was derived from our consolidated financial
statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
April 3,
|
|
|
April 4,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
$
|
(38,962
|
)
|
|
$
|
(57,976
|
)
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
11,645
|
|
|
|
(55,266
|
)
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
30,717
|
|
|
|
78,270
|
|
Effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
on cash
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
|
(701
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
3,677
|
|
|
|
(35,673
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
|
|
|
38,943
|
|
|
|
67,342
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
42,620
|
|
|
$
|
31,669
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
Activities
Net cash used in operating activities was $39 million in
the first quarter of 2010 compared to $58 million in the
first quarter of 2009. The net decrease in cash used in
operating activities of $19 million for the first quarter
of 2010 compared to the first quarter of 2009 is primarily
attributable to higher net income of $56 million partially
offset by higher uses of our working capital of $37 million.
Net inventory increased $134 million from January 2,
2010 in order to build for the seasonally stronger second
quarter and
back-to-school
period and to support new programs. In addition, our work in
process inventory was slightly higher due to the Haiti
earthquake disruption and the Asia supply chain transition and
production
ramp-up.
With our global supply chain infrastructure substantially in
place, we are now focused on optimizing our supply chain to
further enhance efficiency, improve working capital and asset
turns and reduce costs. We are focused on optimizing the working
capital needs of our supply chain through several initiatives,
such as supplier-managed inventory for raw materials and sourced
goods ownership arrangements.
Investing
Activities
Net cash provided by investing activities was $12 million
in the first quarter of 2010 compared to net cash used in
investing activities of $55 million in the first quarter of
2009. The higher net cash from investing activities of
$67 million for in the first quarter of 2010 compared to
the first quarter of 2009 was primarily the result of higher
proceeds from sales of assets of $40 million and lower
gross capital expenditures of $28 million. During the first
quarter of 2010, proceeds from sales of assets were
$40 million, primarily resulting from sale-leaseback
transactions involving three distribution centers.
Financing
Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities was $31 million
in the first quarter of 2010 compared to $78 million in the
first quarter of 2009. The lower net cash from financing
activities of $48 million in the first quarter of 2010
compared to the first quarter of 2009 was primarily the result
of lower net borrowings on the Revolving Loan Facility of
$61 million, higher net repayments on notes payable of
$13 million and a $2 million repayment of debt under
the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility during the first quarter
of 2010, which was partially offset by payments of
$21 million for debt amendment fees associated with the
amendments of the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility
and the 2006 Senior Secured Credit Facility during the first
quarter of 2009 and higher net borrowings of $7 million on
the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility during the first
quarter of 2010.
37
Cash and
Cash Equivalents
As of April 3, 2010 and January 2, 2010, cash and cash
equivalents were $43 million and $39 million,
respectively. The higher cash and cash equivalents as of
April 3, 2010 was primarily the result of net cash provided
by financing activities of $31 million and net cash
provided by investing activities of $12 million, partially
offset by net cash used in operating activities of
$39 million.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
We have chosen accounting policies that we believe are
appropriate to accurately and fairly report our operating
results and financial condition in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States. We apply
these accounting policies in a consistent manner. Our
significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 2,
titled Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,
to our financial statements included in our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended January 2, 2010.
The application of critical accounting policies requires that we
make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts
of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related
disclosures. These estimates and assumptions are based on
historical and other factors believed to be reasonable under the
circumstances. We evaluate these estimates and assumptions on an
ongoing basis and may retain outside consultants to assist in
our evaluation. If actual results ultimately differ from
previous estimates, the revisions are included in results of
operations in the period in which the actual amounts become
known. The critical accounting policies that involve the most
significant management judgments and estimates used in
preparation of our financial statements, or are the most
sensitive to change from outside factors, are discussed in
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations in our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended January 2, 2010. There have been no
material changes in these policies during the quarter ended
April 3, 2010.
Recently
Issued Accounting Pronouncements
Fair
Value Disclosures
In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
new accounting rules related to the disclosure requirements for
fair value measurements. The new accounting rules require new
disclosures for significant transfers between Levels 1 and
2 of the fair value hierarchy and the activity within
Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The new accounting
rules also clarify existing disclosures regarding the level of
disaggregation of assets or liabilities and the valuation
techniques and inputs used to measure fair value. The new
accounting rules are effective for our first interim fiscal
period beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the
disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in
the rollforward of activity in Level 3 fair value
measurements. Those disclosures are effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods
within those fiscal years. The adoption of the disclosures
effective for the first interim fiscal period beginning after
December 15, 2009 did not have a material impact on our
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows but
resulted in certain additional disclosures reflected in
Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements.
|
|
Item 3.
|
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
|
There have been no significant changes in our market risk
exposures from those described in Item 7A of our Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended January 2, 2010.
|
|
Item 4.
|
Controls
and Procedures
|
As required by Exchange Act
Rule 13a-15(b),
our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness
of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in
Exchange Act
Rule 13a-15(e),
as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on
that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures
were effective.
38
In connection with the evaluation required by Exchange Act
Rule 13a-15(d),
our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, concluded that no changes in our internal
control over financial reporting occurred during the period
covered by this report that have materially affected, or are
reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control
over financial reporting.
|
|
Item 4T.
|
Controls
and Procedures
|
Not applicable.
PART II
|
|
Item 1.
|
Legal
Proceedings
|
Although we are subject to various claims and legal actions that
occur from time to time in the ordinary course of our business,
we are not party to any pending legal proceedings that we
believe could have a material adverse effect on our business,
results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
No updates to report.
|
|
Item 2.
|
Unregistered
Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
|
None.
|
|
Item 3.
|
Defaults
Upon Senior Securities
|
None.
|
|
Item 4.
|
(Removed
and Reserved)
|
|
|
Item 5.
|
Other
Information
|
None.
The exhibits listed in the accompanying Exhibit Index are
filed or furnished as part of this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q.
39
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
HANESBRANDS INC.
E. Lee Wyatt Jr.
Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer
Date: April 29, 2010
40
INDEX TO
EXHIBITS
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Hanesbrands Inc.
(incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to the
Registrants Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
September 5, 2006).
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Articles Supplementary (Junior Participating Preferred
Stock, Series A) (incorporated by reference from
Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrants Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
September 5, 2006).
|
|
3
|
.3
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Hanesbrands Inc. (incorporated by
reference from Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrants Current
Report on
Form 8-K
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
December 15, 2008).
|
|
3
|
.4
|
|
Certificate of Formation of BA International, L.L.C.
(incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.4 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.5
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of BA International, L.L.C.
(incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.5 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.6
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of Caribesock, Inc., together with
Certificate of Change of Location of Registered Office and
Registered Agent (incorporated by reference from
Exhibit 3.6 to the Registrants Registration Statement
on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.7
|
|
Bylaws of Caribesock, Inc. (incorporated by reference from
Exhibit 3.7 to the Registrants Registration Statement
on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.8
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of Caribetex, Inc., together with
Certificate of Change of Location of Registered Office and
Registered Agent (incorporated by reference from
Exhibit 3.8 to the Registrants Registration Statement
on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.9
|
|
Bylaws of Caribetex, Inc. (incorporated by reference from
Exhibit 3.9 to the Registrants Registration Statement
on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.10
|
|
Certificate of Formation of CASA International, LLC
(incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.10 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.11
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of CASA International, LLC
(incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.11 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.12
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of Ceibena Del, Inc., together with
Certificate of Change of Location of Registered Office and
Registered Agent (incorporated by reference from
Exhibit 3.12 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.13
|
|
Bylaws of Ceibena Del, Inc. (incorporated by reference from
Exhibit 3.13 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.14
|
|
Certificate of Formation of Hanes Menswear, LLC, together with
Certificate of Conversion from a Corporation to a Limited
Liability Company Pursuant to
Section 18-214
of the Limited Liability Company Act and Certificate of Change
of Location of Registered Office and Registered Agent
(incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.14 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
E-1
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
3
|
.15
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Hanes Menswear, LLC
(incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.15 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.16
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of HPR, Inc., together with
Certificate of Merger of Hanes Puerto Rico, Inc. into HPR, Inc.
(now known as Hanes Puerto Rico, Inc.) (incorporated by
reference from Exhibit 3.16 to the Registrants
Registration Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.17
|
|
Bylaws of Hanes Puerto Rico, Inc. (incorporated by reference
from Exhibit 3.17 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.18
|
|
Articles of Organization of Sara Lee Direct, LLC, together with
Articles of Amendment reflecting the change of the entitys
name to Hanesbrands Direct, LLC (incorporated by reference from
Exhibit 3.18 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.19
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Sara Lee Direct, LLC (now
known as Hanesbrands Direct, LLC) (incorporated by reference
from Exhibit 3.19 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.20
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of Sara Lee Distribution, Inc.,
together with Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of
Incorporation of Sara Lee Distribution, Inc. reflecting the
change of the entitys name to Hanesbrands Distribution,
Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.20 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.21
|
|
Bylaws of Sara Lee Distribution, Inc. (now known as Hanesbrands
Distribution, Inc.)(incorporated by reference from
Exhibit 3.21 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.22
|
|
Certificate of Formation of HBI Branded Apparel Enterprises, LLC
(incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.22 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.23
|
|
Operating Agreement of HBI Branded Apparel Enterprises, LLC
(incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.23 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.24
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of HBI Branded Apparel Limited,
Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.24 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.25
|
|
Bylaws of HBI Branded Apparel Limited, Inc. (incorporated by
reference from Exhibit 3.25 to the Registrants
Registration Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.26
|
|
Certificate of Formation of HbI International, LLC (incorporated
by reference from Exhibit 3.26 to the Registrants
Registration Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.27
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of HbI International, LLC
(incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.27 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.28
|
|
Certificate of Formation of SL Sourcing, LLC, together with
Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Formation of SL
Sourcing, LLC reflecting the change of the entitys name to
HBI Sourcing, LLC (incorporated by reference from
Exhibit 3.28 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
E-2
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
3
|
.29
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of SL Sourcing, LLC (now
known as HBI Sourcing, LLC) (incorporated by reference from
Exhibit 3.29 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.30
|
|
Certificate of Formation of Inner Self LLC (incorporated by
reference from Exhibit 3.30 to the Registrants
Registration Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.31
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Inner Self LLC
(incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.31 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.32
|
|
Certificate of Formation of Jasper-Costa Rica, L.L.C.
(incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.32 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.33
|
|
Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of
Jasper-Costa Rica, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference from
Exhibit 3.33 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.34
|
|
Certificate of Formation of Playtex Dorado, LLC, together with
Certificate of Conversion from a Corporation to a Limited
Liability Company Pursuant to
Section 18-214
of the Limited Liability Company Act (incorporated by reference
from Exhibit 3.36 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.35
|
|
Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of
Playtex Dorado, LLC (incorporated by reference from
Exhibit 3.37 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.36
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of Playtex Industries, Inc.
(incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.38 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.37
|
|
Bylaws of Playtex Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference
from Exhibit 3.39 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.38
|
|
Certificate of Formation of Seamless Textiles, LLC, together
with Certificate of Conversion from a Corporation to a Limited
Liability Company Pursuant to
Section 18-214
of the Limited Liability Company Act (incorporated by reference
from Exhibit 3.40 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.39
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Seamless Textiles, LLC
(incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.41 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.40
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of UPCR, Inc., together with
Certificate of Change of Location of Registered Office and
Registered Agent (incorporated by reference from
Exhibit 3.42 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.41
|
|
Bylaws of UPCR, Inc. (incorporated by reference from
Exhibit 3.43 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
3
|
.42
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of UPEL, Inc., together with
Certificate of Change of Location of Registered Office and
Registered Agent (incorporated by reference from
Exhibit 3.44 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
E-3
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
3
|
.43
|
|
Bylaws of UPEL, Inc. (incorporated by reference from
Exhibit 3.45 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-4
(Commission file number
333-142371)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2007).
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Hanesbrands Inc. Retirement Savings Plan, as amended.
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Hanesbrands Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan of 2006, as
amended.
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Richard A. Noll, Chief Executive Officer.
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Certification of E. Lee Wyatt Jr., Chief Financial Officer.
|
|
32
|
.1
|
|
Section 1350 Certification of Richard A. Noll, Chief
Executive Officer.
|
|
32
|
.2
|
|
Section 1350 Certification of E. Lee Wyatt Jr., Chief
Financial Officer.
|
E-4
exv10w1
Exhibit 10.1
HANESBRANDS INC.
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
(As Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2010)
CERTIFICATE
The undersigned, as a duly authorized representative of the Hanesbrands Inc. Employee Benefits
Administrative Committee, hereby adopts the Hanesbrands Inc. Retirement Savings Plan, as amended
and restated effective as of January 1, 2010.
Dated
this 27th day of April, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HANESBRANDS INC. EMPLOYEE
BENEFITS ADMINISTRATIVE
COMMITTEE |
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Virginia A. Piekarski |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Administrative Committee Member |
|
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PAGE |
SECTION 1 |
|
|
1 |
|
1.01 Background; Purpose of Plan |
|
|
1 |
|
1.02 Effective Date; Plan Year |
|
|
1 |
|
1.03 Plan Administration |
|
|
1 |
|
1.04 Plan Supplements |
|
|
1 |
|
1.05 Trustee; Trust |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 2 |
|
|
3 |
|
Definitions |
|
|
3 |
|
2.01 Account |
|
|
3 |
|
2.02 Accounting Date |
|
|
3 |
|
2.03 Actual Deferral Percentage |
|
|
3 |
|
2.04 Adjusted Net Worth |
|
|
3 |
|
2.05 After-Tax Account |
|
|
3 |
|
2.06 Alternate Payee |
|
|
3 |
|
2.07 Annual Addition |
|
|
4 |
|
2.08 Annual Company Contribution |
|
|
4 |
|
2.09 Annual Company Contribution Account |
|
|
4 |
|
2.10 Appeal Committee |
|
|
4 |
|
2.11 Before-Tax Contribution |
|
|
4 |
|
2.12 Before-Tax Contribution Account |
|
|
4 |
|
2.13 Beneficiary |
|
|
4 |
|
2.14 Catch-Up Contribution |
|
|
4 |
|
2.15 Code |
|
|
5 |
|
2.16 Committee |
|
|
5 |
|
2.17 Company |
|
|
5 |
|
2.18 Compensation |
|
|
5 |
|
2.19 Contribution Percentage |
|
|
6 |
|
2.20 Controlled Group Member |
|
|
6 |
|
2.21 Covered Group |
|
|
6 |
|
2.22 Direct Rollover |
|
|
6 |
|
2.23 Distributee |
|
|
6 |
|
2.24 Effective Date |
|
|
6 |
|
2.25 Elective Deferral |
|
|
7 |
|
2.26 Eligible Employee |
|
|
7 |
|
2.27 Eligible Retirement Plan |
|
|
7 |
|
2.28 Eligible Rollover Distribution |
|
|
7 |
|
2.29 Employee |
|
|
8 |
|
2.30 Employer |
|
|
8 |
|
2.31 Employer Contributions |
|
|
8 |
|
2.32 ERISA |
|
|
9 |
|
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PAGE |
2.33 Excess Deferral |
|
|
9 |
|
2.34 Fair Market Value |
|
|
9 |
|
2.35 Forfeiture |
|
|
9 |
|
2.36 Hanesbrands Stock |
|
|
9 |
|
2.37 Highly Compensated Employee |
|
|
10 |
|
2.38 Hour of Service |
|
|
10 |
|
2.39 Investment Committee |
|
|
10 |
|
2.40 Leased Employee |
|
|
10 |
|
2.41 Leave of Absence |
|
|
10 |
|
2.42 Limitation Year |
|
|
11 |
|
2.43 Matching Contributions |
|
|
11 |
|
2.44 Matching Contribution Account |
|
|
11 |
|
2.45 Maternity or Paternity Absence |
|
|
11 |
|
2.46 Normal Retirement Age |
|
|
11 |
|
2.47 One-Year Period of Severance |
|
|
11 |
|
2.48 Participant |
|
|
11 |
|
2.49 Period of Service |
|
|
12 |
|
2.50 Plan |
|
|
12 |
|
2.51 Plan Year |
|
|
12 |
|
2.52 Predecessor Company |
|
|
13 |
|
2.53 Predecessor Company Account |
|
|
13 |
|
2.54 Predecessor Plan |
|
|
13 |
|
2.55 Required Commencement Date |
|
|
13 |
|
2.56 Rollover Contribution |
|
|
13 |
|
2.57 Rollover Contribution Account |
|
|
13 |
|
2.58 Sara Lee Plan |
|
|
13 |
|
2.59 Separation Date |
|
|
13 |
|
2.60 Service |
|
|
14 |
|
2.61 Spin-Off, Spin-Off Date |
|
|
14 |
|
2.62 Totally Disabled or Total Disability |
|
|
14 |
|
2.63 Transferred Participants |
|
|
14 |
|
2.64 Trust Agreement |
|
|
15 |
|
2.65 Trust Fund |
|
|
15 |
|
2.66 Trustees |
|
|
15 |
|
2.67 Year of Service |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 3 |
|
|
17 |
|
Participation |
|
|
17 |
|
3.01 Eligibility to Participate |
|
|
17 |
|
3.02 Covered Group |
|
|
18 |
|
3.03 Leave of Absence |
|
|
18 |
|
3.04 Leased Employees |
|
|
18 |
|
-ii-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PAGE |
SECTION 4 |
|
|
19 |
|
Before-Tax Contributions |
|
|
19 |
|
4.01 Before-Tax Contributions |
|
|
19 |
|
4.02 Catch-Up Contributions |
|
|
20 |
|
4.03 Change in Election |
|
|
20 |
|
4.04 Direct Transfers and Rollovers |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 5 |
|
|
22 |
|
Employer Contributions |
|
|
22 |
|
5.01 Before-Tax Contributions |
|
|
22 |
|
5.02 Annual Company Contribution |
|
|
22 |
|
5.03 Matching Contributions |
|
|
22 |
|
5.04 Transition Contribution |
|
|
23 |
|
5.05 Allocation of Annual Company Contribution |
|
|
24 |
|
5.06 Payment of Matching Contributions |
|
|
24 |
|
5.07 Allocation of Matching Contributions |
|
|
24 |
|
5.08 Limitations on Employer Contributions |
|
|
24 |
|
5.09 Verification of Employer Contributions |
|
|
24 |
|
5.10 Corrective Contributions/Reallocations |
|
|
24 |
|
5.11 No Interest in Employers |
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 6 |
|
|
26 |
|
Contribution Limits |
|
|
26 |
|
6.01 Limitation on Before-Tax Contributions |
|
|
26 |
|
6.02 Limitation on Matching Contributions |
|
|
26 |
|
6.03 Dollar Limitation |
|
|
26 |
|
6.04 Allocation of Earnings to Distributions of Excess Deferrals |
|
|
27 |
|
6.05 Contribution Limitations |
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 7 |
|
|
29 |
|
Period of Participation |
|
|
29 |
|
7.01 Separation Date |
|
|
29 |
|
7.02 Restricted Participation |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 8 |
|
|
31 |
|
Accounting |
|
|
31 |
|
8.01 Separate Accounts |
|
|
31 |
|
8.02 Adjustment of Participants Accounts |
|
|
31 |
|
8.03 Crediting of 401(k) Contributions |
|
|
32 |
|
8.04 Charging Distributions |
|
|
33 |
|
8.05 Statement of Account |
|
|
33 |
|
-iii-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PAGE |
SECTION 9 |
|
|
34 |
|
The Trust Fund and Investment of Trust Assets |
|
|
34 |
|
9.01 The Trust Fund |
|
|
34 |
|
9.02 The Investment Funds |
|
|
34 |
|
9.03 Investment of Contributions |
|
|
34 |
|
9.04 Change in Investment of Contributions |
|
|
34 |
|
9.05 Elections to Transfer Balances Between Accounts; Diversification |
|
|
35 |
|
9.06 Voting of Stock; Tender Offers |
|
|
35 |
|
9.07 Confidentiality of Participant Instructions |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 10 |
|
|
37 |
|
Payment of Account Balances |
|
|
37 |
|
10.01 Payments to Participants |
|
|
37 |
|
10.02 Distributions in Shares |
|
|
40 |
|
10.03 Beneficiary |
|
|
41 |
|
10.04 Missing Participants and Beneficiaries |
|
|
42 |
|
10.05 Rollovers |
|
|
43 |
|
10.06 Forfeitures |
|
|
43 |
|
10.07 Recovery of Benefits |
|
|
44 |
|
10.08 Dividend Pass-Through Election |
|
|
44 |
|
10.09 Minimum Distributions |
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 11 |
|
|
49 |
|
Loans and Withdrawals |
|
|
49 |
|
11.01 Loans to Participants |
|
|
49 |
|
11.02 After-Tax Withdrawals |
|
|
51 |
|
11.03 Hardship Withdrawals |
|
|
51 |
|
11.04 Age 59-1/2 Withdrawals |
|
|
53 |
|
11.05 Additional Rules for Withdrawals |
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 12 |
|
|
55 |
|
Reemployment |
|
|
55 |
|
12.01 Reemployed Participants |
|
|
55 |
|
12.02 Calculation of Service Upon Reemployment |
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 13 |
|
|
58 |
|
Top-Heavy Rules |
|
|
58 |
|
13.01 Purpose and Effect |
|
|
58 |
|
13.02 Top Heavy Plan |
|
|
58 |
|
13.03 Key Employee |
|
|
58 |
|
13.04 Minimum Employer Contribution |
|
|
59 |
|
-iv-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PAGE |
13.05 Aggregation of Plans |
|
|
59 |
|
13.06 No Duplication of Benefits |
|
|
59 |
|
13.07 Compensation |
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 14 |
|
|
61 |
|
General Provisions |
|
|
61 |
|
14.01 Committees Records |
|
|
61 |
|
14.02 Information Furnished by Participants |
|
|
61 |
|
14.03 Interests Not Transferable |
|
|
61 |
|
14.04 Domestic Relations Orders |
|
|
61 |
|
14.05 Facility of Payment |
|
|
62 |
|
14.06 No Guaranty of Interests |
|
|
62 |
|
14.07 Rights Not Conferred by the Plan |
|
|
62 |
|
14.08 Gender and Number |
|
|
62 |
|
14.09 Committees Decisions Final |
|
|
63 |
|
14.10 Litigation by Participants |
|
|
63 |
|
14.11 Evidence |
|
|
63 |
|
14.12 Uniform Rules |
|
|
63 |
|
14.13 Law That Applies |
|
|
63 |
|
14.14 Waiver of Notice |
|
|
63 |
|
14.15 Successor to Employer |
|
|
63 |
|
14.16 Application for Benefits |
|
|
63 |
|
14.17 Claims Procedure |
|
|
64 |
|
14.18 Action by Employers |
|
|
64 |
|
14.19 Adoption of Plan by Controlled Group Members |
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 15 |
|
|
65 |
|
Amendment or Termination |
|
|
65 |
|
15.01 Amendment |
|
|
65 |
|
15.02 Termination |
|
|
65 |
|
15.03 Effect of Termination |
|
|
65 |
|
15.04 Notice of Amendment or Termination |
|
|
65 |
|
15.05 Plan Merger, Consolidation, Etc. |
|
|
66 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 16 |
|
|
67 |
|
Relating to the Plan Administrator and Committees |
|
|
67 |
|
16.01 The Employee Benefits Administrative Committee |
|
|
67 |
|
16.02 The ERISA Appeal Committee |
|
|
68 |
|
16.03 Secretary of the Committee |
|
|
69 |
|
16.04 Manner of Action |
|
|
69 |
|
16.05 Interested Party |
|
|
69 |
|
16.06 Reliance on Data |
|
|
69 |
|
-v-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PAGE |
16.07 Committee Decisions |
|
|
70 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT A |
|
|
A-1 |
|
Accounts Transferred from the Sara Lee Plan |
|
|
A-1 |
|
-vi-
HANESBRANDS INC.
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
(As Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2010)
SECTION 1
1.01 Background; Purpose of Plan
Effective July 24, 2006, Hanesbrands Inc. (the Company) established the Plan, to permit
Eligible Employees of the Company and the other Employers to accumulate their retirement savings on
a tax-favored basis. In connection with the spin-off of the Company from the Sara Lee Corporation,
the Accounts of Transferred Participants were spun off from the Sara Lee Plan and transferred to
this Plan. A portion of the Plan (that portion invested in the Hanesbrands Inc. Common Stock Fund)
is designed to invest primarily in qualifying employer securities and is intended to satisfy the
requirements of an employee stock ownership plan (as defined in Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code)
(the ESOP component); up to 100 percent of Plan assets may be invested in qualifying employer
securities. The remaining portion of the Plan is a profit sharing plan intended to satisfy all
requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code and includes a cash or deferred arrangement intended to
satisfy the requirements of Section 401(k) of the Code (the 401(k) component). For each Plan Year,
the 401(k) component shall include all of a Participants Before-Tax Contributions, the Employers
Matching Contributions, and the Annual Company Contribution allocable to the Participant with
respect to that Plan Year for all purposes of the Plan. Effective as of January 1, 2010, the Plan
is amended and restated in its entirety as set forth below.
1.02 Effective Date; Plan Year
The effective date of the Plan as set forth herein is January 1, 2010. The Plan Year is the
twelve month period beginning each January 1 and ending on the next following December 31.
1.03 Plan Administration
As described in Subsection 16.01, the Committee shall be the administrator (as that term is
defined in Section 3(16)(A) of ERISA) of the Plan and shall be responsible for the administration
of the Plan; provided, however, that the Committee may delegate all or any part of its powers,
rights, and duties under the Plan to such person or persons as it may deem advisable.
1.04 Plan Supplements
From time to time, the Company or the Committee may adopt Supplements to the Plan for the
purpose of modifying the provisions of the Plan as they apply to certain or all Participants in a
Covered Group or for the purpose of preserving benefits derived from another plan maintained by an
Employer or a Predecessor Company to an Employer. The terms and
1
provisions of each Supplement are a part of the Plan and supersede the other provisions of the
Plan to the extent necessary to eliminate inconsistencies between such other Plan provisions and
such Supplement.
1.05 Trustee; Trust
Amounts contributed under the Plan are held and invested, until distributed, by the Trustee.
The Trustee acts in accordance with the terms of the Trust, which implements and forms a part of
the Plan. The provisions of and benefits under the Plan are subject to the terms and provisions of
the Trust.
2
SECTION 2
Definitions
The following terms, when used herein, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, shall
have the following respective meanings:
2.01 Account
Except as may be stated elsewhere in the Plan, Account and Accounts mean all accounts and
subaccounts maintained for a Participant (or for a Beneficiary after a Participants death or for
an Alternate Payee).
2.02 Accounting Date
Accounting Date means each day the value of an Investment Fund is adjusted for
contributions, withdrawals, distributions, earnings, gains, losses or expenses, any date designated
by the Committee as an Accounting Date, and an Accounting Date occurring under SECTION 8. It is
anticipated that each Investment Fund will be valued as of each day on which the New York Stock
Exchange is open for trading and the Trustee is open for business.
2.03 Actual Deferral Percentage
Actual Deferral Percentage for a group of Eligible Employees for a Plan Year means the
average of the deferral ratios (determined separately for each Eligible Employee in such group) of:
(a) the Eligible Employees Before-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year; to (b) the Eligible
Employees compensation (determined in accordance with Section 414(s) of the Code) for such Plan
Year.
2.04 Adjusted Net Worth
Adjusted Net Worth of an Investment Fund as of any Accounting Date means the then net worth
of that Investment Fund as determined by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the Trust
Agreement.
2.05 After-Tax Account
After-Tax Account means an Account maintained pursuant to Subparagraph 8.01(d).
2.06 Alternate Payee
Alternate Payee means a spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant
entitled to receive payment of a portion of the Participants vested Plan benefits under a
qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.
3
2.07 Annual Addition
Annual Addition for any Limitation Year means the sum of annual additions to a Participants
Account for the Limitation Year. Notwithstanding any Plan provision to the contrary, a
Participants Annual Addition shall be determined in accordance with Section 415 of the Code and
applicable Treasury regulations issued thereunder, the provisions of which are incorporated by
reference.
2.08 Annual Company Contribution
Annual Company Contribution means a contribution made by an Employer on behalf of each
Annual Company Contribution Participant pursuant to Subsection 5.02.
2.09 Annual Company Contribution Account
Annual Company Contribution Account means an Account maintained pursuant to Subparagraph
8.01(c).
2.10 Appeal Committee
Appeal Committee means an ERISA Appeal Committee as described in Subsection 16.02 of the
Plan.
2.11 Before-Tax Contribution
Before-Tax Contribution means the compensation deferrals under Section 401(k) of the Code a
Participant elects to make pursuant to Subsection 4.01. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for
purposes of implementing the required limitations of Sections 402(g) and 415 of the Code contained
in Subsections 6.03 and 6.05, Before-Tax Contributions shall not include Catch-Up Contributions or
deferrals made pursuant to Section 414(u) of the Code by reason of an Eligible Employees qualified
military service.
2.12 Before-Tax Contribution Account
Before-Tax Contribution Account means the Account maintained by the Committee pursuant to
Subparagraph 8.01(a).
2.13 Beneficiary
Beneficiary means any person or persons (who may be designated contingently, concurrently or
successively) to whom a Participants Account balances are to be paid if the Participant dies
before he or she receives his or her entire vested Account.
2.14 Catch-Up Contribution
Catch-Up Contribution means the deferrals of Compensation under Section 414(v) of the Code
an eligible Participant elects to make pursuant to Subsection 4.02.
4
2.15 Code
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
2.16 Committee
Committee means the Committee appointed by the Company to administer the Plan as described
in SECTION 16 of the Plan.
2.17 Company
Company means Hanesbrands Inc. or any successor organization or entity that assumes the
Plan.
2.18 Compensation
Compensation for a Plan Year means the total wages (as defined in Section 3401(a) of the
Code) paid to an individual by an Employer for the period in question for services rendered as an
Employee of an Employer, which are subject to income tax withholding at the source, determined
without regard to any exceptions to the withholding rules that limit the remuneration included in
such wages and that are based on the nature or location of the employment or the services
performed, determined in accordance with the following:
|
(a) |
|
Including (i) elective contributions made on behalf of the Employee pursuant to the
Employees salary reduction agreement under Sections 125, 401(k), and 132(f)(4) of the Code;
and (ii) any differential wage payment (as defined in Section 3401(h)(2) of the Code). |
|
|
(b) |
|
Excluding the following: |
|
(i) |
|
Nonqualified stock option exercise income; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Stock awards; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
Gains attributable to the sale of stock within the two-year
period beginning on the date of grant under an employee stock purchase plan as
described in Section 423 of the Code; |
|
|
(iv) |
|
Reimbursements or other expense allowances; |
|
|
(v) |
|
Fringe benefits (cash and non-cash); |
|
|
(vi) |
|
Moving expenses; |
|
|
(vii) |
|
Deferred compensation when earned or paid; |
|
|
(viii) |
|
Welfare benefits; and |
5
|
(ix) |
|
Severance pay and pay in lieu of notice under the Worker
Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act. |
For purposes of determining and allocating contributions under Subsections 4.02, 5.02, 5.03 and
5.04 and applying the maximum percentage limitation specified in Subsection 4.01, the annual
Compensation taken into account under the Plan for any Participant for a Plan Year shall not exceed
$245,000 (as adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the
Code).
2.19 Contribution Percentage
Contribution Percentage of a group of Eligible Employees for a Plan Year means the average
of the ratios (determined separately for each Eligible Employee in such group) of: (a) the Matching
Contributions made on behalf of such Eligible Employee for such Plan Year; to (b) the Eligible
Employees compensation (determined in accordance with Section 414(s) of the Code) for such Plan
Year.
2.20 Controlled Group Member
Controlled Group Member means the Company and any affiliated or related corporation that is
a member of a controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 1563(a) of the Code)
that includes the Company or any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under the
common control of the Company (within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c) or (m) of the Code).
2.21 Covered Group
Covered Group means a group or class of Employees to which the Plan has been and continues
to be extended by an Employer pursuant to Subsection 3.02. A listing of the Covered Groups under
the Plan is included in Exhibit A to the Plan.
2.22 Direct Rollover
Direct Rollover means a payment by the Plan to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the
Distributee.
2.23 Distributee
Distributee means a Participant (including a Participant described in Subsection 7.02 of the
Plan) or Beneficiary. In addition, the Participants surviving spouse and the Participants spouse
or former spouse who is an Alternate Payee are Distributees with regard to the interest of the
spouse or former spouse.
2.24 Effective Date
Effective Date of the Plan as set forth herein means January 1, 2010 as defined in
Subsection 1.02.
6
2.25 Elective Deferral
Elective Deferral means, with respect to any calendar year, each elective deferral as
defined in Section 402(g) of the Code.
2.26 Eligible Employee
Eligible Employee means an Employee who is a member of a Covered Group and is otherwise
eligible to participate in the Plan pursuant to either Subsection 3.01 or Subsection 12.01.
2.27 Eligible Retirement Plan
Eligible Retirement Plan means the following:
|
(a) |
|
An individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code; |
|
|
(b) |
|
An annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code; |
|
|
(c) |
|
An eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state,
political subdivision of a state or an agency or instrumentality of a state or political
subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred to
such plan from this Plan; |
|
|
(d) |
|
An individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code; |
|
|
(e) |
|
An annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code; or |
|
|
(f) |
|
A qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code that accepts the Distributees
Eligible Rollover Distribution. |
2.28 Eligible Rollover Distribution
Eligible Rollover Distribution means any distribution of all or any portion of the balance
to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include
the following:
|
(a) |
|
Any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not
less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or
the joint lives (or life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributees designated
Beneficiary, or for a specified period of 10 years or more; |
|
|
(b) |
|
Any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of
the Code; |
|
|
(c) |
|
Hardship withdrawals; and |
7
|
(d) |
|
Any distribution excluded from the definition of Eligible Rollover Distribution under
the Code or applicable Treasury regulations. |
A portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an Eligible Rollover Distribution merely because
the portion includes After-Tax Contributions that are not includible in gross income; provided,
however, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity
described in Section 408(a) or (b) of the Code, a qualified retirement plan (either a defined
contribution plan or a defined benefit plan) described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code, or
an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code that agrees to separately account for
amounts so transferred.
2.29 Employee
Employee means any person employed by one or more of the Employers who is on the regular
payroll of an Employer and whose wages from the Employer are reported for Federal income tax
purposes on Internal Revenue Service Form W-2 (or successor or equivalent form). Notwithstanding
any provision of the Plan to the contrary, an individual who performs services for a Controlled
Group Member but who is paid by an Employer under a common paymaster arrangement with such
Controlled Group Member shall not be considered an Employee for purposes of the Plan. An
Employers classification as to whether an individual constitutes an Employee shall be
determinative for purposes of an individuals eligibility under the Plan. An individual who is
classified as an independent contractor (or other non-employee classification) shall not be
considered an Employee and shall not be eligible for participation in the Plan, regardless of any
subsequent reclassification of such individual as an Employee or employee of an Employer by an
Employer, any government agency, court, or other third-party. Any such reclassification shall not
have a retroactive effect for purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding any other provision of the
Plan to the contrary, nonresident alien individuals receiving no U.S.-source income from any
Employer are not considered Employees under the Plan.
2.30 Employer
Employer means the Company and each Controlled Group Member that adopts the Plan in
accordance with Subsection 14.19.
2.31 Employer Contributions
Employer Contributions means the following contributions made by an Employer on behalf of a
Participant:
|
(a) |
|
Annual Company Contributions; |
|
|
(b) |
|
Matching Contributions; |
|
|
(c) |
|
Transition Contributions; and |
8
|
(d) |
|
Any contributions that are made by an Employer in lieu of the contributions described in
Subparagraphs (a), (b) or (c) above. |
2.32 ERISA
ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
2.33 Excess Deferral
Excess Deferral means the amount by which a Participants Before-Tax Contributions
(determined without regard to the Participants Catch-Up Contributions) exceed the limitations of
Section 402(g)(4) of the Code, as provided in Subsection 6.03.
2.34 Fair Market Value
Fair Market Value means (a) with respect to Hanesbrands Stock held in the Plan, the closing
price per share on the New York Stock Exchange as of any date or (b) in the case of any other stock
for which there is no generally recognized market, the value determined as of a particular date in
accordance with Section 54.4975-11(d)(5) of the Treasury Regulations and based upon an evaluation
by an independent appraiser meeting the requirements of the regulations prescribed under Section
401(a)(28)(C) of the Code or, in the absence of such regulations, requirements similar to the
requirements of the regulations prescribed under Section 170(a)(1) of the Code and having expertise
in rendering such evaluations.
2.35 Forfeiture
Forfeiture means the amount by which a Participants Annual Company Contribution Account,
Transition Contribution Account, Matching Contribution Account and Predecessor Company Account (or
other Employer Contribution Account under any applicable Supplement to the Plan) is reduced under
Subsections 6.03, 10.01 or any applicable Supplement.
2.36 Hanesbrands Stock
Hanesbrands Stock shall mean common stock issued by the Company that is readily tradable on
an established securities market; provided, however, if the Companys common stock is not readily
tradable on an established securities market, the term Hanesbrands Stock shall mean common stock
issued by the Company having a combination of voting power and dividend rates equal to or in excess
of: (a) that class of common stock of the Company having the greatest voting power and (b) that
class of common stock of the Company having the greatest dividend rights. Non-callable preferred
stock shall be treated as Hanesbrands Stock for purposes of the Plan if such stock is convertible
at any time into stock that is readily tradable on an established securities market (or, if
applicable, that meets the requirements of (a) or (b) above) and if such conversion is at a
conversion price that, as of the date of the acquisition by the Plan, is reasonable. Hanesbrands
Stock shall be held under the Trust only if such stock satisfies the requirements of Section
407(d)(5) of ERISA.
9
2.37 Highly Compensated Employee
Highly Compensated Employee means a highly compensated employee as defined in Section 414(q)
of the Code and the regulations thereunder. Generally, a Highly Compensated Employee means any
Employee who: (a) during the immediately preceding Plan Year received annual compensation from the
Employers (determined in accordance with Subsection 6.05 of the Plan) of more than $110,000 (or
such greater amount as may be determined by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue) and, at the
Companys discretion for such preceding year, was in the top-paid 20 percent of the Employees for
that year; or (b) was a five percent owner of an Employer during the current Plan Year or the
immediately preceding Plan Year.
A former Participant shall be treated as a Highly Compensated Employee if such Participant was
a Highly Compensated Employee when such Participant separated from service from a Controlled Group
Member or such Participant was a Highly Compensated Employee at any time after attaining age 55
years.
2.38 Hour of Service
Hour of Service means any hour for which an Employee is compensated by an Employer, directly
or indirectly, or is entitled to compensation from an Employer for the performance of duties and
for reasons other than the performance of duties, and each previously uncredited hour for which
back pay has been awarded or agreed to by an Employer, irrespective of mitigation of damages.
Hours of Service shall be credited to the period for which duties are performed (or for which
payment is made if no duties were performed), except that Hours of Service for which back pay is
awarded or agreed to by an Employer shall be credited to the period to which the back pay award or
agreement pertains. The rules for crediting Hours of Service set forth in Section 2530.200b-2 of
Department of Labor regulations are incorporated by reference. References in this Subsection 2.38
to an Employer shall include any Controlled Group Member.
2.39 Investment Committee
Investment Committee means the committee appointed by the Company to manage the assets of
the Plan and Trust.
2.40 Leased Employee
Leased Employee means any person who is not an Employee of an Employer, but who has provided
services to an Employer under the primary direction or control of the Employer, on a substantially
full-time basis for a period of at least one year, pursuant to an agreement between the Employer
and a leasing organization.
2.41 Leave of Absence
Leave of Absence for Plan purposes means an absence from work which is not treated by the
Participants Employer as a termination of employment or which is required by law to be
10
treated as a Leave of Absence. A Totally Disabled Employee shall not be considered to be on a
Leave of Absence for purposes of the Plan.
2.42 Limitation Year
Limitation Year means the Plan Year.
2.43 Matching Contributions
Matching Contribution means the amount of a Participants Before-Tax Contributions for which
a Matching Contribution is payable pursuant to Subsection 5.03. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for
purposes of implementing the required limitations of Section 415 of the Code contained in
Subsection 6.05, Matching Contributions shall not include employer contributions made pursuant to
Section 414(u) of the Code by reason of an Eligible Employees qualified military service.
2.44 Matching Contribution Account
Matching Contribution Account means an Account maintained pursuant to Subparagraph 8.01(b).
2.45 Maternity or Paternity Absence
Maternity or Paternity Absence means an Employees absence from work because of the
pregnancy of the Employee or birth of a child of the Employee, the placement of a child with the
Employee, or for purposes of caring for the child immediately following such birth or placement.
The Committee may require the Employee to furnish such information as the Committee considers
necessary to establish that the Employees absence was for one of the reasons specified above.
2.46 Normal Retirement Age
Normal Retirement Age means the date upon which a Participant attains age 65 years.
2.47 One-Year Period of Severance
One-Year Period of Severance means each 12 consecutive month period commencing on an
Employees or Participants Separation Date and on each anniversary of such date during which the
Employee or Participant does not perform an Hour of Service. In the case of a Maternity or
Paternity Absence, the 12 consecutive month periods beginning on the first day of such absence and
the first anniversary thereof shall not constitute a One-Year Period of Severance.
2.48 Participant
Participant means each Eligible Employee who satisfies the requirements of Subsection 3.01
or 12.01, as applicable.
11
2.49 Period of Service
Period of Service means a period beginning on the date an Employee enters Service (or
reenters Service) and ending on his or her Separation Date with respect to such period, subject to
the following special rules:
|
(a) |
|
An Employee shall be deemed to enter Service on the date he or she first completes an
Hour of Service. |
|
|
(b) |
|
An Employee shall be deemed to reenter Service on the date following a Separation Date
when he or she again completes an Hour of Service. |
|
|
(c) |
|
An Employee shall be deemed to have continued in Service (and thus not to have incurred a
Separation Date) for the following periods: |
|
(i) |
|
Any period for which he or she is required to be given credit
for Service under any laws of the United States; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
The period (referred to herein as Medical Leave) prior to his
or her Separation Date during which he or she is unable, by reason of physical
or mental infirmity, or both, to perform satisfactorily the duties then
assigned to him or her or which an Employer or Controlled Group Member is
willing to assign to him or her, as determined by the Committee pursuant to a
medical examination by a medical doctor selected or approved by the Committee.
Such period shall end with the earlier of his or her Separation Date, or the
date of cessation of such inability. |
|
(d) |
|
Subject to the rehire rules of Subsection 12.02, all periods of Service of an Employee
shall be aggregated in determining his or her Service. |
|
|
(e) |
|
If an Employee is absent from work because he or she quits, is discharged or retires, and
he or she reenters Service before the first anniversary of the date of such absence, such
date shall not constitute a Separation Date and the period of such absence shall be included
as Service. |
2.50 Plan
Plan means the Hanesbrands Inc. Retirement Savings Plan, as amended from time to time.
2.51 Plan Year
Plan Year means the 12 month period beginning each January 1 and ending on the next
following December 31 as defined in Subsection 1.02.
12
2.52 Predecessor Company
Predecessor Company means any corporation or other entity (other than Sara Lee Corporation),
the stock, assets or business of which was acquired by an Employer or another Controlled Group
Member prior to July 24, 2006, or is acquired by an Employer or another Controlled Group Member on
or after July 24, 2006, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, and any
predecessor thereto designated by the Plan or by the Committee.
2.53 Predecessor Company Account
Predecessor Company Account means an Account maintained pursuant to Subparagraph 8.01(f).
2.54 Predecessor Plan
Predecessor Plan means a plan formerly maintained by a Controlled Group Member or a
Predecessor Company (other than the Sara Lee Plan) that has been merged into and continued in the
form of this Plan.
2.55 Required Commencement Date
Required Commencement Date means the April 1 of the calendar year next following the later
of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2 or the calendar year in which his or
her Separation Date occurs; provided, however, that the Required Commencement Date of a Participant
who is a five percent owner (as defined in Section 416 of the Code) of an Employer or a Controlled
Group Member with respect to the Plan Year ending in the calendar year in which he or she attains
age 70-1/2 shall be April 1 of the next following calendar year.
2.56 Rollover Contribution
Rollover Contribution means a Participants contribution pursuant to Subsection 4.04.
2.57 Rollover Contribution Account
Rollover Contribution Account means the Account maintained pursuant to Subparagraph 8.01(e).
2.58 Sara Lee Plan
Sara Lee Plan means the Sara Lee Corporation 401(k) Plan.
2.59 Separation Date
Separation Date means the earlier of (a) the date on which an Employee or Participant is no
longer employed by an Employer or a Controlled Group Member because he or she quits, retires, is
discharged or dies; or (b) the first anniversary of the first day of any period during
13
which an Employee or Participant remains absent from service with all Controlled Group Members
for any reason other than quit, retirement, discharge or death.
2.60 Service
Service means the number of completed calendar years and months during a Participants
Periods of Service.
2.61 Spin-Off, Spin-Off Date
Spin-Off means Sara Lee Corporations distribution of all its interests in Hanesbrands Inc.
The actual date of the Spin-Off shall be known as the Spin-Off Date.
2.62 Totally Disabled or Total Disability
Totally Disabled or Total Disability when used in reference to a Participant means that
condition of the Participant resulting from injury or illness which:
|
(a) |
|
Results in such Participants entitlement to and receipt of monthly disability insurance
benefits under the Federal Social Security Act; or |
|
|
(b) |
|
Results in such Participants entitlement to and receipt of (or would result in receipt
of but for any applicable benefit waiting period) long-term disability benefits under a
long-term disability income plan maintained or adopted by such Participants Employer. |
2.63 Transferred Participants
Transferred Participant means:
|
(a) |
|
any participant who had an account in the Sara Lee Plan and was employed by Hanesbrands
Inc. or a Sara Lee Corporation division listed on Exhibit A on July 24, 2006; |
|
|
(b) |
|
any participant who (i) had an account in the Sara Lee Plan on July 24, 2006, and (ii)
after July 24, 2006 but before the Spin-Off Date was transferred from employment with Sara
Lee Corporation (or a subsidiary) to employment as an Eligible Employee of Hanesbrands Inc.
or of a Sara Lee Corporation division listed on Exhibit A; and |
|
|
(c) |
|
any participant in the Sara Lee Plan who was not employed by any controlled group member
of Sara Lee Corporation on July 24, 2006 but who was last employed by Hanesbrands Inc., the
Sara Lee Branded Apparel division of Sara Lee Corporation, or a Sara Lee Corporation
division listed in Exhibit A. |
14
2.64 Trust Agreement
Trust Agreement means the Hanesbrands Inc. Retirement Savings Plan Trust, which implements
and forms a part of the Plan.
2.65 Trust Fund
Trust Fund means all assets held or acquired by the Trustee in accordance with the Plan and
the Trust.
2.66 Trustees
Trustees mean the person or persons appointed to act as Trustees under the Trust Agreement.
2.67 Year of Service
Year of Service means an Employees continuous employment by one or more of the Employers or
other Controlled Group Members for the 12 month period beginning on the Employees date of hire or
on any anniversary of that date, subject to the provisions of Subsection 12.01 and the following:
|
(a) |
|
A period of concurrent Service with two or more of the Employers and the other Controlled
Group Members will be considered as employment with only one of them during that period. |
|
|
(b) |
|
If an Employee is on a Leave of Absence authorized by his or her Employer, his or her
period of continuous employment shall include such Leave of Absence, except for any portion
thereof for which he or she is not granted rights as to reemployment by an Employer or a
Controlled Group Member under any applicable statute. |
|
|
(c) |
|
If and to the extent the Committee so provides, part or all of the last continuous period
of employment of an Employee with an Employer or any Predecessor Company prior to the date
of coverage hereunder shall be included in determining Years of Service; except that: |
|
(i) |
|
All service of a Transferred Participant that was recognized
under the Sara Lee Plan as of July 24, 2006 shall be recognized and taken into
account under the Plan to the same extent as if such service had been completed
under the Plan, subject to any applicable break in service rules under the Sara
Lee Plan and the Plan. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
If an individual (A) was previously employed by the Sara Lee
Corporation (referred to as the prior employers for purposes of this
Subparagraph), and (B) subsequently becomes an Employee of an Employer or a
Controlled Group Member; all of the individuals service with the prior |
15
|
|
|
employers shall be recognized and taken into account under the Plan to the
same extent as if such service had been completed under the Plan, subject to
any applicable break in service rules under the applicable prior employers
plans and the Plan. |
|
(d) |
|
The foregoing provisions of this Subsection 2.67 shall not be applied so as to allow an
Employee to become a Participant in the Plan prior to the Employees actual employment by an
Employer and his or her becoming a member of a Covered Group of Employees. |
16
SECTION 3
Participation
3.01 Eligibility to Participate
|
(a) |
|
Eligible Participants. |
|
(i) |
|
Each Eligible Employee hired on or after January 1, 2008 shall
become a Participant as follows: |
|
(A) |
|
With respect to Before-Tax Contributions,
Catch-Up Contributions, and Matching Contributions, immediately
following the date the Eligible Employee has completed at least 30 days
of Service; and |
|
|
(B) |
|
With respect to Annual Company Contributions,
upon his or her date of hire as an Eligible Employee or the date he or
she attains age 21, if later; |
|
|
|
in each case, provided the Eligible Employee is then a member of a Covered
Group. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Eligible Employees hired before
January 1, 2008 shall become Participants in accordance with the terms of the
Plan in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date. |
|
(b) |
|
Special Participation Rules. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
contrary, the following special participation rules shall apply: |
|
(i) |
|
Participants only for purposes of Subsection 4.04.
For purposes of transferred amounts or Rollover Contributions made pursuant to
Subsection 4.04, the term Participant shall include an Employee of an
Employer who is not yet a Participant in the Plan, but such Participant may
not make Before-Tax Contributions or receive any Employer Contributions before
satisfying the requirements of this Section. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Transfer Between Covered Groups. In the event an
Employee or Participant transfers employment from one Covered Group to a
different Covered Group that is not eligible for the same contributions and
benefits under the Plan, such individual shall be treated as terminating
employment and simultaneously being reemployed under Subsection 12.01 solely
for purposes of determining his or her eligibility for contributions and
benefits under the Plan during his or her employment with the new Covered
Group. |
17
|
(iii) |
|
Inactive Transferred Participants. Transferred
Participants who are not actively employed by an Employer in a Covered Group
shall be treated as terminated or restricted participants under Subsection 7.02
of the Plan. |
3.02 Covered Group
Covered Groups under the Plan include Employees of Hanesbrands Inc. other than (a) Employees
employed in Puerto Rico, and (b) Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement which
agreement does not provide for participation in the Plan; provided that participation in the Plan
was the subject of good faith bargaining. Designation of a Covered Group when made by the Company
shall be effected by action of the Committee or by a person or persons authorized by said
Committee. Designation of a Covered Group when made by any other Employer shall be effected by
action of that Employers Board of Directors or a person or persons so authorized by that Board.
3.03 Leave of Absence
A Leave of Absence will not interrupt continuity of participation in the Plan. Leaves of
Absence will be granted under an Employers rules applied uniformly to all Participants similarly
situated. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, (i) contributions, benefits,
and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with
Section 414(u) of the Code, and (ii) in the case of a Participant who dies while performing
qualified military service (as defined in Section 414(u) of the Code) on or after January 1, 2007,
the survivors of the Participant will be entitled to any benefits (other than benefit accruals
relating to the period of qualified military service) provided under the Plan had the Participant
resumed and then terminated employment on account of death. In any case where a Participant is on
a Leave of Absence or is a Totally Disabled Participant and his or her employment with an Employer
and its Subsidiaries is terminated for any other reason, then his or her employment with the
Employers for purposes of the Plan will be considered terminated on the same date and for the same
reason.
3.04 Leased Employees
A Leased Employee shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan. The period during which a
Leased Employee performs services for an Employer shall be taken into account for purposes of
Subsection 10.01 of the Plan, unless (a) such Leased Employee is a participant in a money purchase
pension plan maintained by the leasing organization which provides a non-integrated employer
contribution rate of at least 10 percent of compensation, immediate participation for all employees
and full and immediate vesting, and (b) Leased Employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of
the Employers nonhighly compensated workforce.
18
SECTION 4
Before-Tax Contributions
4.01 Before-Tax Contributions
|
(a) |
|
Before-Tax Contribution Election. Each full-time and part-time, exempt and
non-exempt salaried or hourly Participant may elect to defer a portion of his or her
Compensation for any Plan Year by electing to have a percentage (in multiples of one percent
not to exceed 50 percent) of his or her Compensation contributed to the Plan on his or her
behalf by his or her Employer as Before-Tax Contributions. A Participant may elect to make
such Before-Tax Contributions beginning as soon as administratively possible following the
date he or she becomes a Participant, subject to Subparagraph (b) below. Notwithstanding
any Plan provision to the contrary, a Participant may make a Before-Tax Contribution
election only with respect to amounts that are compensation within the meaning of Section
415 of the Code and Section 1.415(c)-2 of the Treasury Regulations. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Automatic Deferral Election. Notwithstanding Subparagraph (a) above, each
Participant as of January 1, 2008 who has not previously made an affirmative election under
the Plan and each individual who becomes an Eligible Employee on or after January 1, 2008
will be deemed to have automatically elected to have four percent of his or her Compensation
contributed to the Plan as Before-Tax Contributions beginning on January 1, 2008 or as soon
as administratively possible after the Eligible Employee becomes a Participant under
Subparagraph 3.01(a), if later. Each such Participants deferral percentage shall increase
automatically by one percent each Plan Year thereafter, up to six percent of Compensation;
provided, however, that the automatic deferral percentage for an Eligible Employee who
becomes a Participant during the last three months of a Plan Year shall not increase until
the beginning of the second Plan Year following his or her participation date; and further
provided that automatic increases under this Subparagraph shall not apply once a Participant
has made an affirmative election to change his or her deferral percentage, including an
affirmative election to cease all deferrals. Prior to the date an automatic deferral
election is effective, the Committee shall provide the Eligible Employee with a notice that
explains the automatic deferral feature, the Eligible Employees right to elect not to have
his or her Compensation automatically reduced and contributed to the Plan or to have another
percentage contributed, and the procedure for making an alternate election. An automatic
deferral election shall be treated for all purposes of the Plan as a voluntary deferral
election. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Reduction of Compensation. Before-Tax Contributions shall be made by a reduction
of such items of the Participants Compensation as each Employer shall determine (on a
uniform basis) for each payroll period by the applicable percentage (not to exceed the
maximum percentage determined by the Committee for any payroll period). The amount deferred
by a Participant will be withheld from the Participants Compensation |
19
|
|
|
and contributed to the Plan on the Participants behalf by the Participants Employer in
accordance with Subsection 5.01. |
4.02 Catch-Up Contributions
A Participant who has attained age 50 years (or will attain age 50 years by the end of the
Plan Year) may elect to defer an additional amount of Compensation as Before-Tax Contributions for
such Plan Year in accordance with and subject to the limitations of Section 414(v) of the Code
(Catch-Up Contributions). Before-Tax Contributions shall not include Catch-Up Contributions for
purposes of implementing the required limitations of Sections 402(g) and 415 of the Code contained
in Subsections 6.03 and 6.05, respectively.
4.03 Change in Election
Each Participant who has made an election for any Plan Year pursuant to Subsection 4.01 or
4.02 (if applicable) may subsequently make an election to discontinue the deferral of his or her
Compensation (but not retroactively) as of the beginning of any payroll period. If a Participant
discontinues his or her deferrals, he or she may subsequently elect under Subsection 4.01 or 4.02
(if applicable) to have a deferral resumed as of any subsequent payroll period. A Participant also
may elect to change (but not retroactively) the rate of his or her Tax-Deferred Contributions and
the amount of his or her Catch-Up Contributions (if applicable) as of the beginning of any payroll
period, within the limits specified in Subsection 4.01 and 4.02 (if applicable). Elections under
this Subsection shall be made in such manner and in accordance with such rules as the Committee
determines. If the Committee in its discretion determines that elections under this Subsection
shall be made in a manner other than in writing, any Participant who makes an election pursuant to
such method may receive written confirmation of such election; further, any such election and
confirmation will be the equivalent of a writing for all purposes.
4.04 Direct Transfers and Rollovers
The Committee in its discretion may direct the Trustee to accept:
|
(a) |
|
From a trustee or insurance company a direct transfer (or an Eligible Rollover
Distribution) of a Participants benefit (or portion thereof) under any other Eligible
Retirement Plan; |
|
|
(b) |
|
From a Participant as a Rollover Contribution an amount (or portion thereof) received by
the Participant as an Eligible Rollover Distribution from another Eligible Retirement Plan;
or |
|
|
(c) |
|
From a Participant as a Rollover Contribution the entire amount received by the
Participant as a distribution from an individual retirement account or an individual
retirement annuity where such amount is attributable to a rollover contribution of a
qualified total distribution pursuant to Section 408(d)(3)(A) of the Code; |
20
provided, however, that any such Rollover Contribution made by a Participant shall be in cash only
and comply with the provisions of the Code and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to
tax-free rollovers and shall be exclusive of after-tax employee contributions. If after a Rollover
Contribution has been made the Committee learns that such contribution did not meet those
provisions, the Committee may direct the Trustee to make a distribution to the Participant of the
entire amount of the Rollover Contribution received. Any amount so transferred or contributed to
the Trustee will be credited to the Account of the Participant as determined by the Committee. If
any portion of a Participants benefits under the Plan is attributable to amounts which were
transferred to the Plan, directly or indirectly (but not in a direct rollover as defined in Section
401(a)(31) of the Code), from a Plan which is subject to the requirements of Section 401(a)(11) of
the Code, then the provisions of said Section 401(a)(11) shall apply to the benefits of such
Participant. The Committee in its discretion may direct the Trustee to transfer Account balances
of a group or class of Participants, by means of a trust-to-trust transfer, to the trustee (or
insurance company) of any other individual account, profit sharing or stock bonus plan intended to
meet the requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code.
21
SECTION 5
Employer Contributions
5.01 Before-Tax Contributions
Subject to the limitations of this SECTION 5, the Employers will contribute to the Trustee on
behalf of each Participant the amount of such Participants Before-Tax Contributions under
Subsection 4.01. Such Before-Tax Contributions shall be paid to the Trustee as soon as practicable
after being withheld, but no later than the 15th business day of the next following month, and
allocated to Participants Current Year Before-Tax Contribution Subaccounts.
5.02 Annual Company Contribution
For each Plan Year, the Employers shall contribute to the Plan as follows:
|
(a) |
|
For each Participant who is an exempt or non-exempt salaried employee, an amount
determined by the Company each year in its discretion, which amount shall not be in excess
of four percent of such Participants Compensation for that portion of the Plan Year during
which he or she was a salaried employee and a Participant in the Plan. |
|
|
(b) |
|
For each Participant who is an hourly, non-union employee or a New York-based sample
department union Employee, an amount determined by the Company each year in its discretion,
which amount shall not be in excess of two percent of such Participants Compensation for
that portion of the Plan Year during which he or she was an hourly employee and a
Participant in the Plan. |
Annual Company Contributions under this Subsection 5.02 shall be funded in either cash or
shares of Hanesbrands Stock (which may be shares purchased in the open market or
authorized-but-unissued shares), as determined by the Committee. If shares of Hanesbrands Stock
are contributed, they shall be valued for allocation purposes at their Fair Market Value as of the
date of allocation. The Annual Company Contributions under this Subsection 5.02 shall be
immediately invested in accordance with the Participants current investment election.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participants shall be eligible to receive a contribution under this
Subsection only if they are employed with the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year (and for
this purpose, any Participant who is employed on the last business day of the Plan Year shall be
considered to be employed on the last day of the Plan Year), or if their employment ended during
the Plan Year as a result of retirement (Separation Date after age 55 with 10 Years of Service, or
after age 65), death or Total Disability.
5.03 Matching Contributions
|
(a) |
|
As of the end of each quarter (or on a more frequent basis as determined by the
Employers), the Employers will make a Matching Contribution on behalf of each Participant
equal to 100 percent of the Participants Before-Tax Contributions |
22
|
|
|
(including Catch-Up Contributions) made since the last Employer Matching Contribution
that do not exceed four percent of the Participants Compensation. |
|
(b) |
|
As of the end of each calendar quarter (a true up allocation date), a true up
Matching Contribution for each Participant who, as of the applicable true up allocation
date, did not receive the full Matching Contribution provided under Subparagraph (a) and
this Subparagraph (b), if applicable, based on the amount of his or her Before-Tax
Contributions (including Catch-Up Contributions) for the Plan Year as of the applicable true
up allocation date. Such true up Matching Contribution will be equal to the difference
between the Matching Contribution actually made on behalf of such Participant for the Plan
Year as of the true up allocation date, and the full Matching Contribution that the
Participant would have been entitled to receive for the Plan Year as of the true up
allocation date if such Matching Contributions were determined as of the true up allocation
date instead of on a quarterly basis. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Matching Contributions shall be made in either cash or shares of Hanesbrands Stock (which
may be shares purchased in the open market or authorized-but-unissued shares), as determined
by the Committee. If shares of Hanesbrands Stock are contributed, they shall be valued for
allocation purposes at their Fair Market Value as of the date of allocation. The Matching
Contributions under this Subsection 5.03 shall be immediately invested in accordance with
the Participants current investment election. |
5.04 Transition Contribution
Subject to the conditions and limitations of the Plan, solely for the Plan Year ending on
December 31, 2006, for any Participant who, on January 1, 2006:
|
(a) |
|
Was an exempt or non-exempt salaried employee of Sara Lee Corporations Branded Apparel
division; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
Had attained age 50 and completed 10 Years of Service; and |
who is not eligible for a transition credit allocation under the Hanesbrands Inc. Supplemental
Employee Retirement Plan (the SERP) (other than the salaried employee transition credit set forth
in Subsection 2.32 of the SERP); the Employers shall contribute, in cash, to the Annual Company
Contribution Account of such Participant an amount equal to ten percent of such eligible
Participants Compensation for calendar year 2006 (including Compensation paid prior to July 24,
2006); provided, however, that Participants shall be eligible to receive a contribution under this
Subsection only if they are employed on the last business day of the Plan Year (and for this
purpose, any Participant who is employed on the last business day of the Plan Year shall be
considered to be employed on the last day of the Plan Year), or if their employment ended during
the Plan Year as a result of retirement (Separation Date after age 55 with 10 Years of Service, or
after age 65), death or Total Disability.
23
5.05 Allocation of Annual Company Contribution
The amount of the contribution made by the Employers for each Plan Year pursuant to Subsection
5.02 for each eligible Participant in the amounts specified in Subparagraph 5.02(a) or 5.02(b) as
the case may be, shall be allocated to each such Participants Annual Company Contribution Account
as of the last day of the Plan Year.
5.06 Payment of Matching Contributions
Matching Contributions under Subparagraph 5.03(a) of the Plan for any Plan Year shall be made
each calendar quarter (or on a more frequent basis as determined by the Employers) based on the
matchable Before-Tax Contributions that have been posted to the Participants Accounts for such
period. Matching Contributions under Subparagraph 5.03(b) of the Plan shall be made as soon as
practicable after each true up allocation date.
5.07 Allocation of Matching Contributions
Subject to Subsection 6.05, the Matching Contribution under Subparagraph 5.03(a) shall be
allocated and credited to the Current Year Matching Contribution Subaccounts of those Participants
entitled to share in such Matching Contributions, pro rata, according to the matchable Before-Tax
Contributions made by them, respectively, during that period and posted to the Participants
Current Year Before-Tax Contribution Subaccount as of such Accounting Date. Matching Contributions
under Subparagraph 5.03(b) of the Plan shall be allocated and credited as soon as practicable after
each true up allocation date.
5.08 Limitations on Employer Contributions
The Employers total contribution for a Plan Year is conditioned on its deductibility under
Section 404 of the Code in that year, and shall comply with the contribution limitations set forth
in Subsection 6.05 and the allocation limitations contained in Subsections 5.02 and 5.04 of the
Plan, and shall not exceed an amount equal to the maximum amount deductible on account thereof by
the Employers for that year for purposes of federal taxes on income.
5.09 Verification of Employer Contributions
If for any reason the Employer decides to verify the correctness of any amount or calculation
relating to its contribution for any Plan Year, the certificate of an independent accountant
selected by the Employer as to the correctness of any such amount or calculation shall be
conclusive on all persons.
5.10 Corrective Contributions/Reallocations
If, with respect to any Plan Year, an administrative error results in a Participants Account
not being properly credited with his or her Before-Tax Contributions, Rollover Contributions, or
Employer Contributions, or earnings on any such amounts, corrective Employer Contributions or
account reallocations may be made in accordance with this
24
Subsection. Solely for the purpose of placing any affected Participants Account in the
position that the Account would have been in had no error been made:
|
(a) |
|
an Employer may make additional contributions to such Participants Accounts; or |
|
|
(b) |
|
the Committee may reallocate existing contributions among the Accounts of affected
Participants. |
In addition, with respect to any Plan Year, if an administrative error results in an amount being
credited to an Account for a Participant or any other individual who is not otherwise entitled to
such amount, corrective action may be taken by the Committee, including, but not limited to, a
direction to forfeit amounts erroneously credited (with such forfeitures to be used to reduce
future Employer Contributions or other contributions to the Plan), reallocate such erroneously
credited amounts to other Participants Accounts, or take such other corrective action as necessary
under the circumstances. Any Plan administration error may be corrected using any appropriate
correction method permitted under the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (or any successor
procedure), as determined by the Committee in its discretion.
5.11 No Interest in Employers
The Employers shall have no right, title or interest in the Trust Fund, nor will any part of
the Trust Fund at any time revert or be repaid to an Employer, unless:
|
(a) |
|
Any portion of a contribution is made by an Employer by mistake of fact and such portion
is returned to the Employer within one year after payment to the Trustee; or |
|
|
(b) |
|
A contribution conditioned on the deductibility thereof is disallowed as an expense for
federal income tax purposes and such contribution (to the extent disallowed) is returned to
the Employer within one year after the disallowance of the deduction. |
The amount of any contribution that may be returned to an Employer pursuant to Subparagraph
(a) or (b) above must be reduced by any portion thereof previously distributed from the Trust Fund
to Participants or their Beneficiaries and by any losses of the Trust Fund allocable thereto, and
in no event may the return of such amount cause any Participants Account balance to be less than
the amount that such balance would have been had the contribution not been made under the Plan.
25
SECTION 6
Contribution Limits
6.01 Limitation on Before-Tax Contributions
The Plan satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements of Section 401(k) of the Code in
accordance with the safe harbor method based on Matching Contributions, as described in Section
401(k)(13)(D) of the Code.
6.02 Limitation on Matching Contributions
The Plan satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements of Section 401(m) of the Code in
accordance with the safe harbor method based on Matching Contributions, as described in Section
401(m)(12) of the Code.
6.03 Dollar Limitation
No Participant shall make a Before-Tax Contribution election which will result in his or her
Elective Deferrals for any calendar year exceeding $16,500 (or such greater amount as may be
prescribed by the Secretary of Treasury to take into account cost-of-living increases pursuant to
Section 402(g) of the Code), except to the extent permitted with respect to Catch-Up Contributions,
if applicable. If a Participants total Elective Deferrals under this Plan and any other plan of
another employer for any calendar year exceed the annual dollar limit prescribed above, the
Participant may notify the Committee, in writing on or before March 1 of the next following
calendar year, of his or her election to have all or a portion of such Excess Deferrals (and the
income allocable thereto determined in accordance with Subsection 6.04) allocated under this Plan
and distributed in accordance with this Subsection. In such event, or in the event that the
Committee otherwise becomes aware of any Excess Deferrals, the Committee shall, without regard to
any other provision of the Plan, direct the Trustee to distribute to the Participant by the
following April 15 the Participants Excess Deferrals (and any income attributable thereto
determined in accordance with Subsection 6.04) so allocated under the Plan. Distributions to be
made in accordance with the preceding sentence shall be made as soon as is practicable following
receipt by the Committee of written notification of Excess Deferrals, and the Committee shall make
every effort to meet the April 15 distribution deadline for all written notifications received by
the preceding March 1. The amount of such Excess Deferrals distributed to a Participant in
accordance with this Subsection shall be treated as a contribution for purposes of the limitations
referred to under Subsection 6.05. In addition, any Matching Contributions attributable to amounts
distributed under this Subsection (and any income allocable thereto determined in accordance with
Subsection 6.04) shall be forfeited in accordance with Subsection 10.06. Contribution adjustments
under this Subsection shall comply with the requirements of Section 1.401(k)-2 of the Treasury
Regulations, the provisions of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
26
6.04 Allocation of Earnings to Distributions of Excess Deferrals
The earnings allocable to distributions of Excess Deferrals under Subsection 6.03 shall be
determined by multiplying the earnings attributable to the applicable excess amounts (for the
calendar and/or Plan Year, whichever is applicable) by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
applicable excess amount, and the denominator of which is the balance attributable to such
contributions in the Participants Account or Accounts, as of the beginning of such year, plus the
contributions allocated to the applicable account for such year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no
income shall be allocated to Excess Deferrals for the period between the end of the Plan Year and
prior to the distribution of such amounts.
6.05 Contribution Limitations
For each Limitation Year, the Annual Addition to a Participants Accounts under the Plan and
under any other defined contribution plan maintained by any Employer shall not exceed the lesser of
$49,000 (as adjusted for cost-of-living increases under Section 415(d) of the Code) or 100 percent
of the Participants compensation for the Limitation Year. For purposes of this Subsection 6.05,
compensation for a Limitation Year means a Participants compensation within the meaning of
Section 415(c)(3) of the Code and Section 1.415(c)-2(b) and (c) of the Treasury Regulations that is
actually paid or made available during the Limitation Year, subject to the following:
|
(a) |
|
Compensation shall include elective amounts that are not includible in the gross income
of the Participant by reason of Sections 125, 132(f) and 402(g)(3) of the Code. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Compensation for a Limitation Year shall include compensation paid by the later of 2-1/2
months after a Participants severance from employment with the Employers or the end of the
Limitation Year that includes the date of the Participants severance from employment with
the Employers, if: |
|
(i) |
|
The payment is regular compensation for services during the
Participants regular working hours, or compensation for services outside the
Participants regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential),
commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments, and absent a severance from
employment, the payments would have been paid to the Participant while the
Participant continued in employment with the Employers; or |
|
|
(ii) |
|
The payment is for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation or
other leave that the Participant would have been able to use if employment had
continued. |
|
|
|
Any payment not described above shall not be considered compensation if paid after
severance from employment, even if paid by the later of 2-1/2 months after the date
of severance from employment or the end of the Limitation Year that includes the
date of severance from employment, except for payments to an individual who does not
currently perform services for the Employers by reason |
27
|
|
|
of qualified military service (within the meaning of Section 414(u)(1) of the Code)
to the extent these payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have
received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employers
rather than entering qualified military service. |
|
(c) |
|
A Participants compensation for a Limitation Year shall not include compensation in
excess of the limitation under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code in effect for the Limitation
Year. |
The Committee shall take any actions it deems advisable to avoid an Annual Addition in excess
of Section 415 of the Code; provided, however, if a Participants Annual Addition for a Limitation
Year actually exceeds the limitations of this Subsection, the Committee shall correct such excess
in accordance with applicable guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service. Annual Additions
shall be subject to Section 415 of the Code and applicable Treasury regulations issued thereunder,
the requirements of which are incorporated herein by reference to the extent not specifically
provided in this Subsection 6.05.
28
SECTION 7
Period of Participation
7.01 Separation Date
If a Participant is transferred from employment with an Employer to employment with a
Controlled Group Member (other than an Employer), then, for the purpose of determining when his or
her Separation Date occurs under this Subsection, his or her employment with such Controlled Group
Member (or any Controlled Group Member to which he or she is subsequently transferred) shall be
considered as employment with the Employers. If a Participant who was an Eligible Employee of an
Employer becomes a Leased Employee of an Employer, then his or her change in status shall not be
considered a termination of employment for purposes of determining when his or her Separation Date
occurs under this Subsection. A Participants termination of employment with all of the Employers
at any age while Totally Disabled shall be deemed a termination on account of Total Disability.
7.02 Restricted Participation
When payment of all of a Participants Account balances is not made at his or her Separation
Date, or if a Participant transfers to the employ of a Controlled Group Member which is not an
Employer or continues in the employ of an Employer but ceases to be employed in a Covered Group,
the Participant or his or her Beneficiary will continue to be considered as a Participant for all
purposes of the Plan, except as follows:
|
(a) |
|
He or she will not make any Before-Tax Contributions, and his or her Employer will not
make any Employer Contributions on his or her behalf, for any period beginning after his or
her Separation Date occurs or for any subsequent Plan Year unless he or she is reemployed
and again becomes a Participant in the Plan; provided, however, that his or her Employer
shall contribute: |
|
(i) |
|
His or her Before-Tax Contributions, as provided in Subsection
5.01, with respect to Compensation paid through his or her Separation Date; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
If applicable, an Annual Company Contribution and/or a
Transition Contribution for the Plan Year in which his or her Separation Date
occurs, based on his or her Compensation paid during that portion of the Plan
Year in which he or she was a Participant eligible for such contributions. |
|
(b) |
|
He or she will not make any Before-Tax Contributions, and his or her Employer will not
make any Employer Contributions on his or her behalf, for any period in which he or she is
in the employ of an Employer but is not an Eligible Employee. |
|
|
(c) |
|
He or she will not make any Before-Tax Contributions, and his or her Employer will not
make any Employer Contributions on his or her behalf, for any period in which he |
29
|
|
|
or she is employed by a Controlled Group Member that is not an Employer under the Plan. |
|
(d) |
|
The Participant may not apply for loans under Subsection 11.01. |
|
|
(e) |
|
A Participant whose Separation Date occurs, or a Beneficiary or Alternate Payee of a
Participant, may not apply for a withdrawal under SECTION 11. |
30
SECTION 8
Accounting
8.01 Separate Accounts
The Committee will maintain the following Accounts in the name of each Participant:
|
(a) |
|
A Before-Tax Contribution Account, which will reflect his or her Before-Tax
Contributions, if any, made under the Plan, and the income, losses, appreciation and
depreciation attributable thereto. This Account shall include a Current Year Before-Tax
Contribution Subaccount, which will reflect only the Before-Tax Contributions made by the
Participant during the current Plan Year. |
|
|
(b) |
|
A Matching Contribution Account, which will reflect his or her share of Matching
Contributions, if any, made under the Plan, and the income, losses, appreciation and
depreciation attributable thereto. This Account shall include a Current Year Matching
Contribution Subaccount, which will reflect only the Matching Contributions allocated to
the Participant during the current Plan Year. |
|
|
(c) |
|
An Annual Company Contribution Account, which will reflect his or her share of the
Annual Company Contributions under the Plan, and the income, losses, appreciation and
depreciation attributable thereto. This Account shall include a Current Year Annual
Company Contribution Subaccount, which will reflect only the Annual Company Contributions
allocated to the Participant during the current Plan Year. |
|
|
(d) |
|
An After-Tax Account, which will reflect his or her after-tax contributions, and the
income, losses, appreciation and depreciation attributable to all after-tax contributions
made to the Plan or a Predecessor Plan. |
|
|
(e) |
|
A Rollover Contribution Account, which will reflect his or her Rollover Contributions
to the Plan, and the income, losses, appreciation and depreciation attributable thereto. |
|
|
(f) |
|
A Predecessor Company Account, which will reflect the contributions made by a
Participant, or on his or her behalf, under a Predecessor Plan, and the income, losses,
appreciation and depreciation attributable thereto. |
8.02 Adjustment of Participants Accounts
As of each Accounting Date, the Accounts of Participants shall be adjusted to reflect the
following:
|
(a) |
|
Transfers, if any, made between Investment Funds; |
31
|
(b) |
|
Before-Tax Contributions, Employer Contributions and Rollover Contributions, if any, and
payments of principal and interest on any loans made from a Participants Account; |
|
|
(c) |
|
Distributions and withdrawals that have been made but not previously charged to the
Participants Account; and |
|
|
(d) |
|
Changes in the Adjusted Net Worth of the Investment Funds in which such Account is
invested. |
As of each Accounting Date, the Committee shall establish the value of each Participants
Account, which value shall reflect the transactions posted to the Participants Account as they
occurred during the preceding calendar month. As of the first day of each Plan Year, the balance
in each Participants Current Year Before-Tax Contribution Subaccount, Current Year Matching
Contribution Subaccount, Current Year Annual Company Contribution Subaccount, Current Year
Transition Contribution Subaccount, if any, shall be reflected in the Participants Before-Tax
Contribution Account, Matching Contribution Account, Annual Company Contribution Account,
Transition Contribution Account, and After-Tax Account, respectively and the balances of such
Current Year Before-Tax Contribution Subaccount, Current Year Matching Contribution Subaccount,
Current Year Annual Company Contribution Subaccount and Current Year Transition Contribution
Subaccount shall be reduced to zero. If a Special Accounting Date occurs, the accounting rules set
forth above in this Subsection and elsewhere in this SECTION 8 shall be appropriately adjusted to
reflect the resulting shorter accounting period ending on that Special Accounting Date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may establish separate rules to be applied on a
uniform basis in adjusting any portion of Participants Accounts that is invested in the
Hanesbrands Inc. Common Stock Fund for such accounting period, including the treatment of any
dividends or stock splits with respect to the securities held in such funds. Such rules may
include provisions for (i) allocating earnings from short-term investments during an accounting
period to the Subaccounts of Participants; (ii) allocating dividends or stock splits to
Participants Subaccounts invested in the applicable Fund (or to a separate Account or Subaccount,
as applicable); (iii) allocating shares of Hanesbrands Stock to Participants Subaccounts based on
the average purchase price per share purchased by the Trustee during such accounting period; and
(iv) allocating shares of stock (or other securities) to Participants Subaccounts based on the
applicable stock split or stock dividend factor or other similar basis.
8.03 Crediting of 401(k) Contributions
Subject to the provisions of SECTION 4, each Participants Before-Tax Contributions will be
credited to his or her Current Year Before-Tax Contribution Subaccount no later than the Accounting
Date which ends the accounting period of the Plan during which such contributions were received by
the Trustee.
32
8.04 Charging Distributions
All payments made to a Participant or his or her Beneficiary during the accounting period
ending on each Accounting Date will be charged to the proper Accounts of the Participant in
accordance with Subsection 8.02.
8.05 Statement of Account
At such times during each Plan Year as the Committee may determine, each Participant will be
furnished with a statement reflecting the condition of his or her Account in the Trust Fund as of
the most recent Accounting Date. No Participant shall have the right to inspect the records
reflecting the Accounts of any other Participant.
33
SECTION 9
The Trust Fund and Investment of Trust Assets
9.01 The Trust Fund
The Trust Fund will consist of all money, stocks, bonds, securities and other property of any
kind held and acquired by the Trustees in accordance with the Plan and the Trust Agreement.
9.02 The Investment Funds
The Investment Committee, in its discretion, may designate one or more funds, referred to
collectively as Investment Funds, for the investment of Participants Accounts. The Investment
Committee, in its discretion, may from time to time establish new Investment Funds or eliminate
existing Investment Funds; provided that all Participants shall be offered at least three
Investment Funds (consistent with applicable Treasury regulations). The available Investment Funds
shall include the Hanesbrands Inc. Common Stock Fund, the assets of which are primarily invested
in shares of Hanesbrands Stock. A portion of each Investment Fund may be invested from time to
time in the short-term investment fund (STIF) of a custodian bank.
9.03 Investment of Contributions
In accordance with rules established by the Committee, a Participant may elect to have
contributions to his or her Accounts invested in one or more of the Investment Funds in even
multiples of one percent. If a Participant does not make such an election within such period as
may be determined by the Committee, he or she shall be deemed to have elected that all eligible
contributions to his or her Accounts be invested in the default investment arrangement specified by
the Investment Committee in accordance with Section 404(c)(5) of ERISA and accompanying
regulations.
Elections under this Subsection 9.03 and Subsections 9.04 and 9.05 shall be made in such
manner and in accordance with such rules as the Committee determines. If the Committee determines
in its discretion that elections under this Subsection 9.03 and Subsections 9.04 and 9.05 shall be
made in a manner other than in writing, any Participant who makes an election pursuant to such
method may receive written confirmation of such request; further, any such request and confirmation
shall be the equivalent of a writing for all purposes.
9.04 Change in Investment of Contributions
Effective as of any payroll period, a Participant may elect to change his or her investment
election under Subsection 9.03. Such change shall apply only with respect to contributions made by
or on behalf of the Participant that are received by the Trustee after the effective date of the
change.
34
9.05 Elections to Transfer Balances Between Accounts; Diversification
On any Accounting Date, a Participant may elect to transfer or reallocate the balances in his
or her Accounts in an Investment Fund to one or more other Investment Funds, subject to the trading
restrictions of the Investment Fund; any such election shall be made in accordance with rules
established by the Committee, and may include an election to automatically reallocate the
Participants Accounts on such dates as the Participant may specify in the election. The
Participants Accounts in the Investment Fund from which a fund transfer or reallocation is made
will be charged, and his or her Accounts in the Investment Fund to which such fund transfer or
reallocation is made will be credited, with the amount so transferred or reallocated in accordance
with rules established by the Committee. Such transfers or reallocations shall be made as soon as
administratively feasible following the Participants election or, in the event of an automatic
reallocation, on the date elected by the Participant in accordance with procedures established by
the Committee. The foregoing provisions of this Subsection are contingent upon the availability of
fund transfers and reallocations between Investment Funds under the terms of the investments made
by each Investment Fund. A Participants Account may be charged a redemption fee for frequent
transfers into and out of an Investment Fund within a restricted time period established by the
Investment Fund. Additionally, Participants may be restricted from initiating fund transfers or
reallocations into or out of an Investment Fund if the Committee or an Investment Fund determines
that the Participants transfer activity would be detrimental to that Investment Fund.
9.06 Voting of Stock; Tender Offers
With respect to Hanesbrands Stock, the Committee shall notify Participants of each meeting of
the shareholders of Hanesbrands Inc. and shall furnish to them copies of the proxy statements and
other communications distributed to shareholders in connection with any such meeting. The
Committee also shall notify the Participants that they are entitled to give the Trustee voting
instructions as to Hanesbrands Stock credited to their Accounts. If a Participant furnishes timely
instructions to the Trustee, the Trustee (in person or by proxy) shall vote the Hanesbrands Stock
(including fractional shares) credited to the Participants Accounts in accordance with the
directions of the Participant. The Trustee shall vote the Hanesbrands Stock for which it has not
received timely direction, in the same proportion as directed shares are voted.
Similarly, the Committee shall notify Participants of any tender offer for, exchange of, or a
request or invitation for tenders of Hanesbrands Stock and shall request from each Participant
instructions for the Trustee as to the tendering of Hanesbrands Stock credited to his or her
Accounts. The Trustee shall tender or exchange such Hanesbrands Stock as to which it receives
(within the time specified in the notification) instructions to tender or exchange. Any
Hanesbrands Stock credited to the Accounts of Participants as to which instructions not to tender
or exchange are received and as to which no instructions are received shall not be tendered or
exchanged.
35
9.07 Confidentiality of Participant Instructions
The instructions received by the Trustee from Participants or Beneficiaries with respect to
purchase, sale, voting or tender of Hanesbrands Stock credited to such Participants or
Beneficiaries Accounts shall be held in confidence and shall not be divulged or released to any
person, including the Committee, officers or Employees of the Company or any Controlled Group
Member.
36
SECTION 10
Payment of Account Balances
10.01 Payments to Participants
|
(i) |
|
Before-Tax Contribution, After-Tax, and Rollover
Contribution Accounts. A Participant shall at all times be fully vested in
and have a nonforfeitable right to the balance in his or her Before-Tax
Contribution Account and his or her After-Tax and Rollover Contribution
Accounts, if any. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Annual Company Contribution and Transition Contribution
Account. If a Participants Separation Date occurs on or after his or her
Normal Retirement Age, on the date he or she dies, or on or after the date he
or she becomes Totally Disabled, then the Participant shall be fully vested in
his or her Annual Company Contribution Account and Transition Contribution
Account. If a Participants Separation Date occurs under any other
circumstances, the balances in his or her Annual Company Contribution Account
and Transition Contribution Account shall be calculated in accordance with the
vesting schedule outlined below: |
|
|
|
If the Participants |
|
The Vested Percentage of |
Number of Years of |
|
His or Her Applicable |
Service is: |
|
Accounts will be: |
Less than 1 year
|
|
0% |
|
|
|
1 year but less than 2 years
|
|
20% |
|
|
|
2 years but less than 3 years
|
|
40% |
|
|
|
3 years but less than 4 years
|
|
60% |
|
|
|
4 years but less than 5 years
|
|
80% |
|
|
|
5 years or more
|
|
100% |
|
|
|
The resulting balance in his or her Annual Company Contribution Account and
Transition Contribution Account will be distributable to him or her, or, in
the event of his or her death, to his or her Beneficiary, in accordance with
this Subsection and Subsection 10.02. |
|
|
(iii) |
|
Matching Contribution Account. If a Participants
Separation Date occurs on or after his or her Normal Retirement Age, on the
date he or she dies, or on or after the date he or she becomes Totally
Disabled, then the
|
37
|
|
|
Participant shall be fully vested in his or her Matching Contribution
Account. If a Participants Separation Date occurs under any other
circumstances on or after January 1, 2008, the Participant shall be fully
vested in his or her Matching Contribution Account balance provided he or
she has completed at least two Years of Service. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if the Participant is an active employee and has a Matching
Contribution Account balance on December 31, 2007, he or she shall be fully
vested in his or her Matching Contribution Account (including future
contributions thereto) on and after January 1, 2008. If a Participants
Separation Date occurs prior to January 1, 2008, he or she shall be vested
in his or her Matching Contribution Account balance to the same extent that
he or she was vested at his or her Separation Date, subject to the
provisions of Subparagraph 12.02(a)(i). The balance in the Participants
Matching Contribution Account after application of the foregoing vesting
rules will be distributable to him or her, or, in the event of his or her
death, to his or her Beneficiary, in accordance with this Subsection and
Subsection 10.02 |
|
|
(iv) |
|
Special Provisions for Former Participants in the Sara Lee
Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who was subject to
special vesting rules under the Sara Lee Plan shall be fully vested in his or
her Accounts to the extent provided in the Sara Lee Plan. |
|
|
(v) |
|
Special Provisions for Former Participants in the NTX
Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participants who were employed by NTX
or the Employer on January 1, 2007 and whose accounts under the NTX Plan were
merged into the Plan on such date shall be 100 percent vested in and have a
nonforfeitable interest in all contributions made to the Plan prior to such
date and on and after such date. Each other NTX Plan Participant who was not
employed by NTX, the Employer or a Controlled Group Member on January 1, 2007
shall be vested in his or her Account balance to the same extent that he or she
was vested at his or her Separation Date, subject to SECTION 12 of the Plan.
Each individual who was actively employed by NTX on January 1, 2007 but was not
then a NTX Plan Participant shall be 100 percent vested in and have a
nonforfeitable interest in all contributions made to the Plan on his or her
behalf on and after such date. |
|
(b) |
|
Time of Payment. Except as provided in Subsection 10.03 below, payment of a
Participants benefits will be made or commence within the time determined by the Committee
after his or her Separation Date, but not later than 60 days after the latest of: (i) the
end of the Plan Year in which his or her Separation Date occurs, (ii) the 10th anniversary
of the year in which the Participant began participation under the Plan, or (iii) the date
the Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age. In the event a Participant receives a lump
sum distribution of his or her entire vested Accounts and additional
|
38
|
|
|
contributions are subsequently credited to his or her Accounts, his or her entire
remaining vested Account balance shall be distributed in an immediate lump sum to the
extent such vested Account balance does not exceed $1,000 as of the date of such
distribution. Except as provided in the preceding sentence or in Subparagraph 10.01(f)
below, distributions may not be made to the Participant before his or her Normal
Retirement Age without his or her consent. Payment of a Participants benefits under the
Plan will not commence earlier than the termination of the Plan without the Employer or
Related Companys establishment or maintenance of another defined contribution plan. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Method of Distribution. A Participants vested Accounts will be distributed to
him or her (or, in the event of his or her death, to his or her Beneficiary) in a lump sum
unless the Participant (or, in the event of his or her death, the Participants Beneficiary)
elects, in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, to receive such
distribution by any one or more of the following methods, if applicable: |
|
(i) |
|
Partial Distributions. A Participant (or, in the event
of his or her death, his or her Beneficiary) may elect to receive a partial
distribution of the vested Account balance (but not less than the lesser of his
or her total Account balance or $250.00) as of any Accounting Date after the
Participants Separation Date. All partial distributions under this
Subparagraph shall be made in cash only. Notwithstanding any Plan provision to
the contrary, a partial distribution under this Subparagraph shall not be
available once a Participant or his or her surviving spouse has begun to
receive installments under Subparagraph (ii) below. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Installments. If the vested portion of a Participants
Accounts exceeds $5,000, the Participant (or, in the event of his or her death,
his or her surviving spouse) may elect to receive substantially equal
installments over a period not to exceed five Plan Years, commencing in any
year designated but no later than the applicable Required Commencement Date,
with final distribution of all vested Accounts by the fifth year. All
installment distributions shall be made in cash. A Participant or his or her
surviving spouse who is receiving installments may subsequently elect to
receive a lump sum distribution of all remaining installment payments. No
Beneficiary other than a Participants surviving spouse may elect to receive
installments. |
|
|
(iii) |
|
Special Distribution Provisions for Certain
Participants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who had an
account balance in a Predecessor Plan may elect distribution under any other
method available to such Participant to the extent provided in the Sara Lee
Plan. |
|
|
(iv) |
|
Order of Accounts. Distributions under this
Subparagraph shall be charged to the Participants vested Accounts (if
applicable) in such order as shall be determined by the Committee and applied
uniformly. |
39
|
(v) |
|
Special Provisions Applicable to Dividends.
Notwithstanding Subparagraph (a)(ii), dividends attributable to Hanesbrands
Stock in a Participants Accounts (or shares of Sara Lee Corporation common
stock previously held in the Participants Accounts) shall be 100 percent
vested. |
|
(d) |
|
Fees. The Committee may, on an annual or more frequent basis, charge the
Accounts of any Alternate Payee, any Beneficiary, or any Participant whose Separation Date
has occurred for a reason other than Retirement, for reasonable and necessary administrative
fees incurred in the ongoing maintenance of such Accounts in the Plan, in accordance with
uniform rules and procedures applicable to all Participants similarly situated.
Retirement means Separation from Service on or after the earlier of: (i) the attainment of
age 55 and 10 Years of Service, or (ii) Normal Retirement Age. |
|
|
(e) |
|
No Payments Due to Spin-Off. Notwithstanding any Plan provision to the contrary,
no Separation Date shall have occurred and no distribution of Accounts shall be made to a
Participant solely on account of the Spin-Off. |
|
|
(f) |
|
Vested Accounts Not in Excess of $1,000. Notwithstanding any Plan provision to
the contrary, if the Participants vested Accounts equal $1,000 or less on or after the
Participants Separation Date, the method of distribution as to that Participant shall be as
a lump sum cash distribution of the Participants vested Accounts. Such distribution shall
be made as soon as practicable following the Participants Separation Date. If the
Participants vested benefit under the Plan is zero, the Participant shall be deemed to have
received a distribution of such vested benefit. |
|
|
(g) |
|
Special Distribution Rules for Certain Military Service Leaves. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, in accordance with Section 414(u)(12) of the Code, a Participant receiving a
differential wage payment (as defined in Section 3401(h)(2) of the Code) shall be treated as
having been severed from employment with the employer for purposes of taking a distribution
of his pre-tax compensation deferral contributions account during any period the Participant
performs service in the uniformed services while on active duty for a period of more than 30
days. If a Participant elects to receive a distribution pursuant to the preceding sentence,
such Participant shall not be permitted to make pre-tax compensation deferral contributions
under SECTION 3 of the Plan during the six-month period beginning on the date of the
distribution. |
10.02 Distributions in Shares
Distributions of amounts invested in the Hanesbrands Inc. Common Stock Fund may be made in
cash or in shares, as elected by the Participant, provided such shares are distributed at their
Fair Market Value, as determined by the Trustee. If a Participant elects a stock distribution of
amounts invested in the Hanesbrands Inc. Common Stock Fund and the Participant subsequently has
additional contributions allocated to either of said funds, the Participant shall receive such
additional contributions, to the extent vested, in shares of stock in accordance with Subsection
10.01, unless such additional contributions do not exceed $1,000 as of the date of distribution.
If an election is made by the Participant to direct the Trustee to distribute the
40
balance of his or her Accounts invested in the Hanesbrands Inc. Common Stock Fund in cash, the
Participant shall receive cash equal to the Fair Market Value of the balance of his or her
Accounts. For purposes of this Subsection, the rights extended to a Participant hereunder shall
also apply to any Beneficiary or Alternate Payee of such Participant. All other distributions
shall be made in cash.
10.03 Beneficiary
|
(a) |
|
Designation of Beneficiary. Each Participant from time to time, in accordance
with procedures established by the Committee, may name or designate a Beneficiary. A
Beneficiary designation will be effective only when properly provided to the Committee in
accordance with its procedures while the Participant is alive and, when effective, will
cancel all earlier Beneficiary designations made by the Participant. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, a deceased Participants surviving spouse will be his or her sole, primary
Beneficiary unless: (i) the spouse had consented in writing to the Participants election
to designate another person or persons as a primary Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, (ii) such
election designates a Beneficiary which may not be changed without spousal consent (or the
consent of the spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without any further
consent by the spouse) and (iii) the spouses consent acknowledges the effect of such
election and is witnessed by a notary public. |
|
|
(b) |
|
No Beneficiary Designation at Death. If a deceased Participant failed to name or
designate a Beneficiary, if the Participants Beneficiary designation is ineffective for any
reason, or if all of the Participants Beneficiaries die before the Participant, the
Committee will direct the Trustee to pay the Participants Account balance in accordance
with the following: |
|
(i) |
|
To the Participants surviving spouse; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
If the Participant does not have a surviving spouse, to the
Participants beneficiary or beneficiaries (if any) designated by the
Participant under the Hanesbrands Inc. Life Insurance Plan; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
If the Participant does not have a surviving spouse and failed
to designate a beneficiary under the Hanesbrands Inc. Life Insurance Plan, to
or for the benefit of the legal representative or representatives of the
Participants estate; and |
|
|
(iv) |
|
If the appropriate payee is not identified pursuant to
Subparagraphs (i) through (iii) above, then to or for the benefit of one or
more of the Participants relatives by blood, adoption or marriage in such
proportions as the Committee (or its delegate) determines. |
|
(c) |
|
Death of Beneficiary Prior to Participants Death. In the event that the
Participant has named multiple Beneficiaries, and one of the Beneficiaries dies before the
Participant, the remaining Beneficiaries shall be entitled to the deceased Beneficiarys
share, pro
|
41
|
|
|
rata in accordance with their share of the Account balance as of the date of the
Participants death (or such other date as the Committee may determine is
administratively practicable), subject to the Participants right to change his or her
Beneficiary designation at any time in accordance with Subparagraph (a). The Committee
reserves the right, on a uniform basis for similarly situated Beneficiaries, to make
distribution of a Beneficiarys Account balance in whole or in part at any time
notwithstanding any election to the contrary by the Beneficiary. |
|
|
(d) |
|
Death of Beneficiary After Participants Death. Each Beneficiary, in accordance
with procedures established by the Committee, may name or designate an individual to receive
the Beneficiarys share of the Account balance (a Recipient) any time after the
Participants death. In the event a Beneficiary dies before complete payment of his or her
share of the Account balance, such Beneficiarys share shall be paid to the Recipient
designated by the Beneficiary. If a deceased Beneficiary failed to name or designate a
Recipient, if the Beneficiarys designation is ineffective for any reason, or if the
Recipient dies before the Beneficiary or before complete payment of the Beneficiarys share
of the Account balance, the Committee will direct the Trustee to pay the Beneficiarys share
in accordance with the following: |
|
(i) |
|
To the Beneficiarys surviving spouse; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
If the Beneficiary does not have a surviving spouse, to or for
the benefit of the legal representative or representatives of the Beneficiarys
estate; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
If the Beneficiary does not have a surviving spouse and an
estate is not opened on behalf of the Beneficiary, to or for the benefit of one
or more of the Beneficiarys relatives by blood, adoption or marriage in such
proportions as the Committee (or its delegate) determines. |
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, all payments under this
Subparagraph shall comply with the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code.
10.04 Missing Participants and Beneficiaries
While a Participant is alive, he or she must file with the Committee from time to time his or
her own and each of his or her named Beneficiaries post office addresses and each change of post
office address. After the Participants death, the Participants Beneficiary or Beneficiaries
shall be responsible for filing such information with the Committee. A communication, statement or
notice addressed to a Participant or Beneficiary at his or her last post office address filed with
the Committee, or if no address is filed with the Committee, then at his or her last post office
address as shown on the Employers records, will be binding on the Participant and his or her
Beneficiary for all purposes of the Plan. Neither the Trustee nor any of the Employers is required
to search for or locate a Participant or Beneficiary. If the Committee notifies a Participant or
Beneficiary that he or she is entitled to a payment and also notifies him or her of the effect of
this Subsection, and the Participant or Beneficiary fails to claim his or her Account balances or
make his or her whereabouts known to the Committee within three years after the
42
notification, the Account balances of the Participant or Beneficiary may be disposed of in an
equitable manner permitted by law under rules adopted by the Committee, including the Forfeiture of
such balances, if the value of the Account is equal to or less than the administrative fees, if
any, applicable to the Participants or Beneficiarys Account balance pursuant to Subsection 10.01.
10.05 Rollovers
|
(a) |
|
General Rule. Notwithstanding any Plan provision to the contrary, a Distributee
under the Plan who receives an Eligible Rollover Distribution may elect, at the time and in
the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have any portion of the distribution paid
directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Non-Spouse Beneficiary Rollovers. To the extent permitted under Section
402(c)(11) of the Code and related regulations and guidance, if a direct trustee-to-trustee
transfer is made to an individual retirement plan described in Section 402(c)(8)(B)(i) or
(ii) of the Code, which individual retirement plan is established for the purposes of
receiving a distribution on behalf of a non-spouse beneficiary (as defined by Section
401(a)(9)(E) of the Code), the transfer shall be treated as an Eligible Rollover
Distribution for purposes of the Plan and Section 402(c) of the Code. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Qualified Rollover Contributions to Roth IRAs. Solely to the extent permitted in
Sections 408A(c)(3)(B), (d)(3) and (e) of the Code and the regulations and other guidance
issued thereunder, an eligible Distributee may elect to roll over any portion of an Eligible
Rollover Distribution to a Roth IRA (as defined by Section 408A of the Code) in a qualified
rollover contribution (as defined in Section 408A(e) of the Code), provided that the
requirements of Section 402(c) of the Code are met. Notwithstanding any provisions of the
Plan to the contrary, a Distributee under the Plan who receives an Eligible Rollover
Distribution may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have
any portion of the distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by
the Distributee in a Direct Rollover. |
10.06 Forfeitures
A Forfeiture shall be treated as a separate Account (which is not subject to adjustment under
Subsection 8.02) until the next following Accounting Date on which Forfeitures will be allocated.
On that date, all Forfeitures arising during the period preceding the Accounting Date which have
not been previously allocated shall be allocated among and credited to the Accounts of Participants
reemployed to the extent required under Subsection 12.01, shall be used to reduce Employer Matching
Contributions required by Subsection 5.03 or any applicable Supplement to the Plan for the current
Plan Year or succeeding Plan Years, or shall be used to reduce administrative expenses of the Plan,
as determined by the Committee.
The portion of a Participants Annual Company Contribution, Transition Contribution and
Matching Contribution Accounts that is not distributable by reason of the provisions of
43
Subsection 10.01 shall be credited to a Forfeiture Account established and caused to be
maintained by the Trustee in the Participants name as of the Accounting Date coincident with or
next following his Separation Date (before adjustments then required under the Plan have been
made). If the Participant does not return to employment with an Employer or a related Company by
the last day of the month following 60 days from his Separation Date or upon the earlier
distribution of his or vested Accounts, the balance in his Forfeiture Account (after all
adjustments then required under the Plan have been made) will be a Forfeiture.
If a Participant returns to employment with an Employer or a Related Company before incurring
five consecutive One Year Periods of Severance, the amount previously forfeited from his Forfeiture
Account, if any, will be restored to his Forfeiture Account out of Forfeitures occurring in the
year of restoration or out of a restoration contribution made by the Employer for restoration
purposes only.
10.07 Recovery of Benefits
In the event a Participant or Beneficiary receives a benefit payment under the Plan which is
in excess of the benefit payment which should have been made, the Committee shall have the right to
recover the amount of such excess from such Participant or Beneficiary on behalf of the Plan, or
from the person that received such benefit payments. The Committee may, however, at its option,
deduct the amount of such excess from any subsequent benefits payable to, or for, the Participant
or Beneficiary.
10.08 Dividend Pass-Through Election
With respect to a Participants interest in the ESOP component of the Plan (as defined in
Subsection 1.01 from time to time), each Participant has the right to elect either (a) to have
dividends paid on such shares reinvested in shares of Hanesbrands Stock, or (b) to receive a
distribution in cash of such dividends in accordance with procedures established by the Committee.
To the extent such dividends are reinvested, they shall be 100 percent vested. Such distributions
shall be made as soon as administratively practicable following each March 31, June 30, September
30 and December 31 Plan Year quarter, and shall not constitute Eligible Rollover Distributions.
10.09 Minimum Distributions
Distribution of a Participants benefits shall be made or commence by his or her Required
Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may establish procedures to begin
minimum distribution payments in the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2.
Distributions to a Participant after his or her Required Commencement Date shall be made in
installment payments equal to the minimum amount necessary to meet the requirements of Section
401(a)(9) of the Code. All distributions under the Plan shall comply with the requirements of
Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations thereunder (including the incidental death
benefit requirement in Section 401(a)(9)(G) of the Code), the provisions of which are hereby
incorporated by reference, and shall further comply with the rules described below:
44
|
(a) |
|
The Participants Accounts will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the
Participant no later than the Participants Required Commencement Date. If the Participant
dies before distributions begin, the Participants Accounts will be distributed, or begin to
be distributed, no later than as follows: |
|
(i) |
|
If the Participants surviving spouse is the Participants sole
Designated Beneficiary, then distributions to the surviving spouse will begin
by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in
which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the
Participant would have attained age 70-1/2, if later; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
If the Participants surviving spouse is not the Participants
sole Designated Beneficiary, then distributions to the Designated Beneficiary
will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the
calendar year in which the Participant died; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
If there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of
the year following the year of the Participants death, the Participants
entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year
containing the fifth anniversary of the Participants death; or |
|
|
(iv) |
|
If the Participants surviving spouse is the Participants sole
Designated Beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but
before distributions to the surviving spouse have begun, this Subparagraph (a),
other than Subparagraph (i), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the
Participant. |
|
|
|
For purposes of this Subparagraph (a) and Subparagraph (c), unless Subparagraph
(a)(iv) applies, distributions will be considered to have begun on the Participants
Required Commencement Date. If Subparagraph (a)(iv) applies, distributions will be
considered to have begun on the date distributions are required to begin to the
surviving spouse under Subparagraph (a)(i). Unless the Participants interest is
distributed in a single sum on or before the Required Commencement Date,
distributions will be made as of the first Distribution Calendar Year in accordance
with Subparagraphs (b) and (c) below. |
|
(b) |
|
Required Minimum Distributions During Participants Lifetime. During the
Participants lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution
Calendar Year is the lesser of: (i) the quotient obtained by dividing the Participants
Account Balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in
Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations, using the Participants age as of the
Participants birthday in the Distribution Calendar Year; or (ii) if the Participants sole
Designated Beneficiary for the Distribution Calendar Year is the Participants spouse, the
quotient obtained by dividing the Participants Account Balance by the number in the Joint
and Last Survivor Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations,
using the Participants and spouses attained
|
45
|
|
|
ages as of the Participants and spouses birthdays in the Distribution Calendar Year.
Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Subparagraph (b) beginning
with the first Distribution Calendar Year and up to and including the Distribution
Calendar Year that includes the Participants date of death. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Required Minimum Distributions After Participants Death. |
|
(i) |
|
Death on or After Date Distributions Begin. In the
case of a Participant who dies after the date distributions have begun, the
remaining portion of his vested Accounts shall be distributed to the
Participants Beneficiary at least as rapidly as would have been distributed
under the method of distribution in effect on the day of the Participants
death. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions have begun
and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be
distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the
Participants death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participants
Account Balance by the longer of the remaining Life Expectancy of the
Participant or the remaining Life Expectancy of the Participants Designated
Beneficiary, determined as follows: |
|
(A) |
|
The Participants remaining Life Expectancy is
calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death,
reduced by one for each subsequent year; |
|
|
(B) |
|
The Participants surviving spouse is the
Participants sole Designated Beneficiary, the remaining Life
Expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each Distribution
Calendar Year after the year of the Participants death using the
surviving spouses age as of the spouses birthday in that year. For
Distribution Calendar Years after the year of the surviving spouses
death, the remaining Life Expectancy of the surviving spouse is
calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouses
birthday in the calendar year of the spouses death, reduced by one for
each subsequent calendar year; and |
|
|
(C) |
|
The Participants surviving spouse is not the
Participants sole Designated Beneficiary, the Designated Beneficiarys
remaining Life Expectancy is calculated using the age of the
Beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participants death,
reduced by one for each subsequent year. |
|
|
|
|
If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and
there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year
after the year of the Participants death, the minimum amount that
will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the
year of the Participants death is the quotient obtained by dividing |
46
|
|
|
the Participants Account Balance by the Participants remaining Life
Expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of
death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. |
|
(ii) |
|
Death Before Date Distributions Begin. If the
Participant dies before the date distributions have begun and there is a
Designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each
Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participants death is the
quotient obtained by dividing the Participants Account Balance by the
remaining Life Expectancy of the Participants Designated Beneficiary,
determined as provided in Subparagraph (c)(i). If the Participant dies before
the date distributions have begun and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of
September 30 of the year following the year of the Participants death,
distribution of the Participants entire interest will be completed by December
31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participants
death. If the Participant dies before the date distributions have begun, the
Participants surviving spouse is the Participants sole Designated
Beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to
have begun to the surviving spouse under Subparagraph (a)(i), this Subparagraph
will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant. |
|
(d) |
|
Definitions. For purposes of this Subsection, the following definitions shall
apply: |
|
(i) |
|
Designated Beneficiary means the Participants Beneficiary
who is the designated beneficiary for purposes of Section 401(a)(9) of the
Code. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Distribution Calendar Year means a calendar year for which a
minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the
Participants death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year
immediately preceding the calendar year that contains the Participants
Required Commencement Date. For distributions beginning after the
Participants death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year
in which distributions are required to begin under Subparagraph (a). The
required minimum distribution for the Participants first Distribution Calendar
Year will be made on or before the Participants Required Commencement Date.
The required minimum distribution for other Distribution Calendar Years,
including the required minimum distribution for the Distribution Calendar Year
in which the Participants Required Commencement Date occurs, will be made on
or before December 31 of that Distribution Calendar Year. |
|
|
(iii) |
|
Life Expectancy means life expectancy as computed by use of
the Single Life Table in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations. |
47
|
(iv) |
|
Participants Account Balance means the balance of the
Participants Accounts as of the Valuation Calendar Year, increased by the
amount of any contributions made and allocated to the Participants Accounts as
of dates in the Valuation Calendar Year after the valuation date and decreased
by distributions made in the Valuation Calendar Year after the valuation date.
The balance of the Participants Accounts for the Valuation Calendar Year
includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the
Valuation Calendar Year or in the Distribution Calendar Year if distributed or
transferred in the Valuation Calendar Year. |
|
|
(v) |
|
Valuation Calendar Year means the last valuation date in the
calendar year immediately preceding the Distribution Calendar Year. |
|
(e) |
|
2009 Required Minimum Distributions. Notwithstanding the foregoing
provisions of this Subsection, a Participant or Beneficiary who would have been
required to receive required minimum distributions for 2009 under this Subsection
(2009 RMDs) but for the enactment of Section 401(a)(9)(H) of the Code will not
receive those distributions for 2009. However, a Participant or surviving spouse
receiving periodic installments under Subsection 10.01(c)(ii) will receive scheduled
installment payments even though all or part of those payments might otherwise be
considered 2009 RMDs. Any 2009 RMDs paid pursuant to the preceding sentence may be
considered Eligible Rollover Distributions, but shall not be eligible for Direct
Rollover. |
48
SECTION 11
Loans and Withdrawals
11.01 Loans to Participants
While the primary purpose of the Plan is to allow Participants to accumulate funds for
retirement, it is recognized that under some circumstances it is in the best interests of
Participants to permit loans to be made to them while they continue in the active service of the
Employers. Accordingly, the Committee, pursuant to such rules as it may from time to time
establish, and upon application by a Participant supported by such evidence as the Committee
requests, may direct the Trustee to make a loan from the Participants Accounts under the Trust
Fund (with the exception of the Participants Matching Contribution Account, Annual Company
Contribution Account and Transition Contributions Account) to a Participant who is actively at work
in the employ of an Employer subject to the following:
|
(a) |
|
Amount of loans. The principal amount of any loan made to a Participant shall
not be less than $500 and, when added to the outstanding balance of all other loans made to
the Participant from all qualified plans maintained by the Employers, shall not exceed the
lesser of: |
|
(i) |
|
$50,000, reduced by the excess (if any) of the highest
outstanding balance under the Plan and all other qualified employer plans
during the one year period ending on the day before the date of the loan, over
the outstanding balance on the date of the loan; or |
|
|
(ii) |
|
One-half of the Participants vested Account balances under the
Plan. |
|
(b) |
|
Terms and conditions of loans. Each loan must be evidenced by a written note in
a form approved by the Committee, shall bear interest at a reasonable fixed rate, and shall
require substantially level amortization (with payments at least quarterly) over the term of
the loan. Interest rates shall be determined monthly and shall be based on the prevailing
prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal; provided, however, that the rate
shall not exceed six percent during any period that the Participant is on military leave, in
accordance with the Service Members Civil Relief Act (SCRA) if the service member provides
notification that he or she will be entering military service as required under SCRA. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Repayment of loans. Each loan for a purpose other than to purchase a principal
residence (a General Purpose Loan) shall specify a repayment period of not less than six
months nor more than five years, unless the proceeds of the loan are used to purchase the
Participants principal place of residence (a Principal Residence Loan), in which case
such loan must be repaid within 10 years after the date the loan is made. |
|
|
(d) |
|
Loans to Participants shall be made as soon as administratively feasible after the
Committee has received the Participants loan request and such information and
|
49
|
|
|
documents from the Participant as the Committee shall deem necessary. A Participants
Accounts may be charged a fee for processing each loan request. The Participants loan
request shall be made in such manner and in accordance with such rules as the Committee
determines. If the Committee determines in its discretion that loan requests under this
Subparagraph shall be made in a manner other than in writing, any Participant who makes a
request pursuant to such method may receive written confirmation of such request;
further, any such request and confirmation shall be the equivalent of a writing for all
purposes. |
|
|
(e) |
|
Each loan shall be secured by a pledge of the Participants Accounts (with the exception
of the Participants Annual Company Contribution Account, Transition Contribution Account,
and Matching Contribution Account). A Participants Annual Company Contribution Account,
Transition Contribution Account and Matching Contribution Account shall be taken into
account for purposes of determining the amount of the loan available under Subparagraphs
11.01(a)(i) and 11.01(a)(ii), but shall not be available for liquidation and conversion to
cash as described in Subparagraph 11.01(f) below. |
|
|
(f) |
|
A loan granted under this Subsection to a Participant from any Account maintained in his
or her name shall be made by liquidating and converting to cash his or her appropriate
Accounts, with the exception of his or her Annual Company Contribution Account, Transition
Contribution Account and Matching Contribution Account (and the appropriate subaccounts, pro
rata, in the various Investment Funds), in such order as shall be determined by the
Committee and applied uniformly. |
|
|
(g) |
|
A Participant may have only two loans outstanding at a time; provided that a Participant
may not have two loans of the same type (Principal Residence or General Purpose) outstanding
at any given time. A Participant shall not be entitled to take a second loan if the
Participant is in default on a prior loan of the same type and has not repaid the defaulted
amount to the Plan. |
|
|
(h) |
|
If, in connection with the granting of a loan to a Participant, a portion or all of any
of his or her Accounts has been liquidated, the Committee shall establish temporary
Counterpart Loan Accounts (not subject to adjustment under Subsection 8.02) corresponding
to each such liquidated or partially liquidated Account to reflect the current investment of
that Before-Tax Contribution Account or Rollover Contribution Account, for example, in such
loan. In general, the initial credit balance in any such Counterpart Loan Account shall be
the amount by which the corresponding Account was liquidated in order to make the loan.
Interest accruing on such a loan shall be allocated among and credited to the Participants
Counterpart Loan Accounts established in connection with the loan, in proportion to the then
net credit balances in such Counterpart Loan Accounts, as such interest accrues. Each
repayment of principal and interest shall be allocated among and charged to such Counterpart
Loan Accounts, and shall be allocated among and credited to the corresponding Accounts, on
the same proportionate basis; provided that all such repayments shall be credited in
|
50
|
|
|
accordance with the investment elections in effect on the date each repayment is
credited. The Committee may adopt rules and procedures for loan accounting and repayment
which differ from the foregoing provisions of this Subparagraph (h), but which are
consistent with the general principle that a loan to a Participant under this Subsection
constitutes an investment of his or her Accounts rather than a general investment of the
Trust Fund. Repayments shall be required to be invested during the month in which
received or within such longer period as the Committee may reasonably determine, but in
any event within the time required by Subsection 5.01. Any such repayment shall be made
by payroll deduction unless otherwise permitted by the Committee. |
|
|
(i) |
|
The Committee may establish uniform rules to apply where Participants fail to repay any
portion of loans made to them pursuant to this Subsection and accrued interest thereon in
accordance with the terms of the loans, or where any portion of any loan and accrued
interest thereon remains unpaid on a Participants Separation Date. To the extent
consistent with Internal Revenue Service rules and regulations, such rules may include
charging unpaid amounts against a Participants Accounts (in such order as the Committee
decides), and treating the amounts so charged as a payment to the Participant for purposes
of SECTION 10. The Committee may charge a Participants Account for reasonable and
necessary administrative fees incurred in administering any loan under this Subsection in
accordance with uniform rules and procedures applicable to all Participants similarly
situated. Loan repayments will be suspended under the Plan as permitted under Section
414(u)(4) of the Code. |
|
|
(j) |
|
Any loan which was being administered under a Predecessor Plan and which was transferred
to this Plan shall be governed by the applicable terms of this Plan on and after the
transfer date. |
11.02 After-Tax Withdrawals
A Participant may withdraw all or a portion of his or her After-Tax Account, if any. The
timing of such withdrawals shall be established by the Committee.
11.03 Hardship Withdrawals
In the event a Participant suffers a serious financial hardship, such Participant may withdraw
a portion of the vested balance in his or her Accounts (excluding his or her Annual Company
Contribution Account, his or her Transition Contribution Account, any portion of his or her
Before-Tax Contribution Account attributable to qualified non-elective contributions (if
applicable), any portion of his or her Matching Contribution Account attributable to Matching
Contributions made on or after February 24, 2009, and any earnings credited to his or her
Before-Tax Contribution Account on or after January 1, 1989), provided that the amount of the
withdrawal is at least $250.00 and does not exceed the amount required to meet the immediate
financial need created by the serious financial hardship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
amount required to meet the immediate financial need may include amounts necessary to pay
51
Federal, state or local income taxes or penalties that are reasonably anticipated to result
from the hardship withdrawal.
|
(a) |
|
Immediate and Heavy Need. A hardship shall be deemed on account of immediate and
heavy financial need only if the withdrawal is on account of: |
|
(i) |
|
Tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses,
for up to the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Participant or
his or her spouse, children or dependents (determined under Section 152 of the
Code without regard to Section 152(b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B)); |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Costs directly related to the purchase of a primary residence
for the Participant (not including mortgage payments); |
|
|
(iii) |
|
Unreimbursed medical expenses that would be deductible by the
Participant for federal income tax purposes pursuant to Section 213 of the
Code, and that are incurred by the Participant, the Participants spouse or any
dependent (as defined in Section 152 of the Code without regard to the change
in the definition under the Working Families Tax Relief Act of 2004) including
any non-custodial child who is subject to the special rule of Section 152(e) of
the Code; or amounts necessary to obtain medical care or medically necessary
equipment or services for the Participant, the Participants spouse or a
dependent described in this Subparagraph (iii); |
|
|
(iv) |
|
The need to prevent eviction of the Participant from his or her
primary residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participants principal
residence; |
|
|
(v) |
|
Payment for burial or funeral expenses for the Participants
deceased parent, spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Section 152 of
the Code without regard to Section 152(d)(1)(B)); or |
|
|
(vi) |
|
Expenses for the repair of damage to the Participants
principal residence that would qualify for the casualty deduction under Section
165 of the Code (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10
percent of adjusted gross income). |
|
(b) |
|
Necessary amount. A determination of whether the requirement that the withdrawal
not exceed the amount required to meet the immediate financial need created by the serious
financial hardship is satisfied shall be made on the basis of all relevant facts and
circumstances in a consistent and nondiscriminatory manner; provided, however, that the
Participant must provide the Committee with a statement on which the Committee may
reasonably rely, unless it has actual knowledge to the contrary, certifying that the
Participants financial need cannot be relieved by all of the following means: |
52
|
(i) |
|
Through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or
otherwise, |
|
|
(ii) |
|
By reasonable liquidation of the Participants assets, to the
extent such liquidation would not itself cause an immediate and heavy financial
need, |
|
|
(iii) |
|
By cessation of elective contributions under this Plan, or
other distributions from this Plan, and |
|
|
(iv) |
|
By other distributions, such as the distribution of dividends
which are currently available to the Participant, or nontaxable (at the time of
the loan) loans from Plans maintained by the Employer or by any other employer,
or by borrowing from commercial sources on reasonable commercial terms. |
|
|
|
For purposes of this Subsection, the Participants resources shall be deemed to
include those assets of his or her spouse and minor children that are reasonably
available to the Participant. Property owned by the Participant and the
Participants spouse, whether as community property, joint tenants, tenants by the
entirety, or tenants in common, will be deemed a resource of the Participant.
However, property held for the Participants child under an irrevocable trust or
under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act will not be treated as a resource of the
Participant. |
|
(c) |
|
A Participant may not request more than two withdrawals per calendar year under this
Subsection. |
|
|
(d) |
|
To obtain a hardship withdrawal, a Participant must submit his withdrawal request in
accordance with procedures and within such time periods as may be determined by the
Committee. Hardship withdrawals shall be made as soon as administratively feasible after
the Committee has received the Participants withdrawal request and such information and
documents from the Participant as the Committee shall deem necessary. |
11.04 Age 59-1/2 Withdrawals
Upon making an application to the Committee, a Participant who has attained the age of 59-1/2
may withdraw part or all of his or her vested Account balances (excluding his or her Annual Company
Contribution Account and his or her Transition Contribution Account). The form and timing of such
applications and withdrawals shall be established by the Committee.
11.05 Additional Rules for Withdrawals
Withdrawals made pursuant to Subsections 11.02, 11.03 and 11.04 shall be made in cash and
shall be charged to the Participants vested Accounts (if applicable) in such order as shall be
determined by the Committee and applied uniformly. Requests for a withdrawal shall be made in such
manner and in accordance with such rules as the Committee determines. If the
53
Committee determines in its discretion that a withdrawal under this Subsection shall be made
in a manner other than in writing, any Participant who makes a request pursuant to such method may
receive written confirmation of such request; further, any such request and confirmation shall be
the equivalent of a writing for all purposes.
54
SECTION 12
Reemployment
12.01 Reemployed Participants
Except as provided below, if a Participant is reemployed by an Employer following a
termination of employment, such Participant shall resume participation in the Plan for all purposes
on the first day of the first payroll period following his rehire date that he is a member of a
Covered Group. If a former Employee or Eligible Employee is reemployed by an Employer, Service he
or she had accrued prior to his or her termination of employment will be reinstated for purposes of
determining his or her eligibility to participate in the Plan, and he or she shall become eligible
to participate in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Subsection 3.01.
12.02 Calculation of Service Upon Reemployment
|
(a) |
|
Reemployment with Vested Interest in Plan Accounts. If at the time the
Participant terminated employment, he or she had either (A) a vested interest in his or her
Before-Tax Contribution Account, Annual Company Contribution Account, Transition
Contribution Account, Matching Contribution Account or Predecessor Company Account, or (B)
amounts credited to his or her Before-Tax Contribution Account, the following rules shall
apply: |
|
(i) |
|
If the Participant is reemployed by a Controlled Group Member
before he or she incurs five consecutive One Year Periods of Severance, the
Participant may repay to the Trustee, within five years of his or her
Reemployment Date, the total amount previously distributed to him or her from
his or her Plan Accounts subject to vesting as a result of his or her earlier
termination of employment. If a Participant makes such a repayment to the
Trustee, both the amount of the repayment and the Forfeiture that resulted from
the previous termination of employment shall be credited to his or her Accounts
as of the Accounting Date coincident with or next following the date of
repayment and he or she shall continue to vest in such amounts in accordance
with the vesting schedule in effect at the Participants reemployment. In any
event, the Participants pre-break Service shall be restored. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
If a Participant is reemployed by a Controlled Group Member on
or after he or she incurs five consecutive One Year Periods of Severance, his
or her pre-break Service shall count as Service for purposes of vesting in
amounts credited to his or her Annual Company Contribution Account, Transition
Contribution Account, Matching Contribution Account or Predecessor Company
Account, as applicable, on or after such reemployment. However, pre-break
Forfeitures will not be restored to such Participants Accounts and such
Participants post-break Service |
55
|
|
|
shall be disregarded for purposes of vesting in his or her pre-break Annual
Company Contribution Account, Transition Contribution Account, Matching
Contribution Account or Predecessor Company Account, as applicable. |
|
(b) |
|
Reemployment with No Vested Interest in Plan Accounts. If at the time the
Participant terminated employment, he or she did not have either (A) a vested interest in
his or her Annual Company Contribution Account, Transition Contribution Account, Matching
Contribution Account, or Predecessor Company Account, or (B) amounts credited to his or her
Before-Tax Contribution Account, the following rules shall apply: |
|
(i) |
|
If the Participant is reemployed by a Controlled Group Member
before he or she incurs five consecutive One Year Periods of Severance, the
amount of the Forfeiture that resulted from the previous termination of
employment shall be credited to his or her Accounts as of the Accounting Date
coincident with or next following the date of his or her reemployment or as
soon as administrative feasible thereafter and he or she shall continue to vest
in such amounts. In addition, the Participants pre-break Service shall be
restored. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
If the Participant is reemployed by a Controlled Group Member
before he or she incurs five consecutive One Year Periods of Severance,
pre-break Forfeitures shall not be restored to his or her Accounts. In
addition, if the Participants number of consecutive One Year Periods of
Severance exceeds the greater of five of the aggregate number of such
Participants pre-break Service, such pre-break Service shall be disregarded
for purposes of vesting in amounts credited to his or her Employer Contribution
Accounts after such employment. |
|
(c) |
|
Forfeitures. Forfeitures that are credited to a Participants Accounts under
this Subsection shall be allocated from amounts forfeited under Subsection 10.01 or the
applicable Supplement or, in the absence of such amounts, shall reduce income and gains of
the Fund to be credited under Subsection 8.02. |
|
|
(d) |
|
Transferred Participants. Notwithstanding any Plan provision to the contrary,
all service of a Transferred Participant that was recognized under the Sara Lee Plan as of
the July 24, 2006 (or as of a subsequent transfer of employment described in Subparagraph
2.63(b), if applicable) shall be recognized and taken into account under the Plan to the
same extent as if such service had been completed under the Plan, subject to the provisions
of this Section and any applicable break in service rules under this Plan and the Sara Lee
Plan. |
|
|
(e) |
|
Former NTX and Sara Lee Employees. If an individual (i) was previously employed
by the Sara Lee Corporation (referred to as the prior employers for purposes of this
Subparagraph), and (ii) subsequently becomes an Employee of an Employer or a Controlled
Group Member; all of the individuals service with the prior employers
|
56
|
|
|
shall be recognized and taken into account under the Plan to the same extent as of such
service had been completed under the Plan, subject to the provisions of this Section and
any applicable break in service rules under the applicable prior employers plans. |
57
SECTION 13
Top-Heavy Rules
13.01 Purpose and Effect
The purpose of this SECTION 13 is to comply with the requirements of Section 416 of the Code.
The provisions of this SECTION 13 shall be effective for each Plan Year in which the Plan is a
Top-Heavy Plan within the meaning of Section 416(g) of the Code.
13.02 Top Heavy Plan
In general, the Plan will be a Top-Heavy Plan for any Plan Year if, as of the last day of the
preceding Plan Year (the Determination Date), the aggregate Account balances of Participants in
this Plan who are Key Employees (as defined in Section 416(i)(1) of the Code) exceed 60 percent of
the aggregate Account balances of all Participants in the Plan. In making the foregoing
determination, the following special rules shall apply:
|
(a) |
|
A Participants Account balance shall be increased by the aggregate distributions, if
any, made with respect to the Participant during the one year period ending on the
Determination Date (including distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been
terminated, would have been aggregated with this Plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the
Code). In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from
employment, death or Total Disability, the one year period shall be replaced with a five
year period. |
|
|
(b) |
|
The Account balance of, and distributions to, a Participant who was previously a Key
Employee, but who is no longer a Key Employee, shall be disregarded. |
|
|
(c) |
|
The Account of a Beneficiary of a Participant shall be considered the Account of a
Participant. |
|
|
(d) |
|
The Account balances of a Participant who did not perform any services for the Employers
during the one year period ending on the Determination Date shall be disregarded. |
13.03 Key Employee
In general, a Key Employee is an Employee who, at any time during the Plan Year that
includes the Determination Date was:
|
(a) |
|
An officer of an Employer receiving annual Compensation greater than $160,000 (as
adjusted under Section 416(i)(l) of the Code); |
|
|
(b) |
|
A five percent owner of an Employer; or |
58
|
(c) |
|
A one percent owner of an Employer receiving annual Compensation from any of the
Employers and the Controlled Group Members of more than $150,000. |
A Non-Key Employee is an Employee who is not a Key Employee, including an Employee who was
formerly a Key Employee.
13.04 Minimum Employer Contribution
For any Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, an Employers contribution, if any,
credited to each Participant who is a Non-Key Employee shall not be less than three percent of such
Participants Compensation for that year. For purposes of the foregoing, contributions under
Subsection 5.01 shall not be considered Employer contributions. In no event, however, shall an
Employer contribution credited in any year to a Participant who is a Non-Key Employee (expressed as
a percentage of such Participants Compensation) exceed the maximum Employer contribution credited
in that year to a Key Employee (expressed as a percentage of such Key Employees Compensation).
The minimum Employer contribution shall be made even though, under other Plan provisions, the
Participant would not otherwise be entitled to receive an allocation, or would have received a
lesser allocation for the Plan Year because of (i) the Participants failure to complete 1,000
Hours of Service, or (ii) the Participants Compensation being less than a stated amount. The
foregoing provisions shall not apply to any Participant who was not employed by an Employer on the
last day of the Plan Year.
13.05 Aggregation of Plans
Each other defined contribution plan and defined benefit plan maintained by the Employers that
covers a Key Employee as a Participant at any time during the Plan Year containing the
Determination Date or any of the four preceding Plan Years (regardless of whether the Plan has been
terminated), or that is maintained by the Employers in order for a Plan covering a Key Employee to
qualify under Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code shall be aggregated with this Plan in
determining whether this Plan is Top-Heavy. In addition, any other defined contribution or defined
benefit plan of the Employers may be included if all such plans which are included when aggregated
will continue to qualify under Section 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.
13.06 No Duplication of Benefits
If an Employer maintains more than one plan, the minimum Employer contribution otherwise
required under Subsection 13.04 above may be reduced in accordance with regulations of the
Secretary of the Treasury to prevent inappropriate duplications of minimum contributions or
benefits. For any Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, a Participant who (a) is not a
Key Employee, and (b) is a Participant in a defined benefit plan maintained by the Employers shall
have the minimum retirement benefit provided under that defined benefit plan with an offset for
benefits provided by this Plan.
59
13.07 Compensation
For purposes of this SECTION 13, Compensation shall mean compensation as defined in
Subsection 6.05 of the Plan.
60
SECTION 14
General Provisions
14.01 Committees Records
The records of the Committee as to an Employees age, Separation Date, Leave of Absence,
reemployment and Compensation will be conclusive on all persons unless determined to the
Committees satisfaction to be incorrect.
14.02 Information Furnished by Participants
Participants and their Beneficiaries must furnish to the Committee such evidence, data or
information as the Committee considers desirable to carry out the Plan. The benefits of the Plan
for each person are on the condition that he or she furnish promptly true and complete evidence,
data and information requested by the Committee.
14.03 Interests Not Transferable
Except as otherwise provided in Subsection 14.04 and as may be required by application of the
tax withholding provisions of the Code or of a states income tax act, benefits under the Plan are
not in any way subject to the debts or other obligations of the persons entitled to such benefits
and may not be voluntarily or involuntarily sold, transferred, alienated, assigned, or encumbered.
14.04 Domestic Relations Orders
If the Committee receives a domestic relations order issued by a court pursuant to a states
domestic relations law, the Committee will direct the Trustee to make such payment of the
Participants vested benefits to an Alternate Payee or Payees as such order specifies, provided the
Committee first determines that such order is a qualified domestic relations order (QDRO) within
the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code. The Committee will establish reasonable procedures for
determining whether or not a domestic relations order is a QDRO. Upon receiving a domestic
relations order, the Committee shall promptly notify the Participant and any Alternate Payee named
in the order that the Committee has received the order and any procedures for determining whether
the order is a QDRO. If, within 18 months after receiving the order, the Committee makes a
determination that the order is a QDRO, any direction to the Trustee to pay the benefits to an
Alternate Payee as specified in the QDRO will include a direction to pay any amounts that were to
be paid during the period prior to the date the Committee determines that the order is a QDRO. If
during the 18 month period the Committee determines that the order is not a QDRO or no
determination is made with respect to whether the order is a QDRO, the Committee will direct the
Trustee to pay the amounts that would have been paid to the Alternate Payee pursuant to the terms
of the order to the Participant if such amounts otherwise would have been payable to the
Participant under the terms of the Plan. The Committee in its discretion may maintain an Account
for an Alternate Payee to which any amount that is to be paid to such Alternate Payee from a
Participants Accounts will be credited.
61
The Alternate Payee for whom such Account is maintained may exercise the same elections with
respect to the fund or funds in which the Account will be invested as would be permissible for a
Participant in the Plan. Further, the Alternate Payee may name a Beneficiary, in the manner
provided in Subsection 10.03 to whom the balance in the Account is to be paid in the event the
Alternate Payee should die before complete payment of the Account has been made. Distribution of
the Alternate Payees Account shall be made in accordance with Subsections 10.01 and 10.02, and the
Alternate Payee may exercise the same elections with respect to requesting a distribution or
partial distribution of his or her Account as would be permissible for a Participant in the Plan;
provided that the Alternate Payees Required Commencement Date shall be the date on which the
Participant attains (or, in the event of the Participants death, would have attained) the
Participants Required Commencement Date. The Committee may direct the Trustee to distribute
benefits to an Alternate Payee on the earliest date specified in a QDRO, without regard to whether
such distribution is made or commences prior to the Participants earliest retirement age (as
defined in Section 414(p)(4)(B) of the Code) or the earliest date that the Participant could
commence receiving benefits under the Plan.
14.05 Facility of Payment
When, in the Committees opinion, a Participant or Beneficiary is under a legal disability or
is incapacitated in any way so as to be unable to manage his or her financial affairs, the
Committee may direct the Trustee to make payments to his or her legal representative, or to a
relative or friend of the Participant or Beneficiary for his or her benefit, or the Committee may
direct the Trustee to apply the payment for the benefit of the Participant or Beneficiary in any
way the Committee considers advisable.
14.06 No Guaranty of Interests
Neither the Trustee nor the Employers in any way guarantee the Trust Fund from loss or
depreciation. The Employers do not guarantee any payment to any person. The liability of the
Trustee and the Employers to make any payment is limited to the available assets of the Trust Fund.
14.07 Rights Not Conferred by the Plan
The Plan is not a contract of employment, and participation in the Plan will not give any
Employee the right to be retained in an Employers employ, nor any right or claim to any benefit
under the Plan, unless the right or claim has specifically accrued under the Plan.
14.08 Gender and Number
Where the context admits, words denoting men include women, the plural includes the singular
and vice versa.
62
14.09 Committees Decisions Final
An interpretation of the Plan and a decision on any matter within the Committees discretion
made by it in good faith is binding on all persons. A misstatement or other mistake of fact shall
be corrected when it becomes known, and the Committee shall make such adjustment as it considers
equitable and practicable.
14.10 Litigation by Participants
If a legal action begun against the Trustee, the Committee or any of the Employers by or on
behalf of any person results adversely to that person, or if a legal action arises because of
conflicting claims to a Participants or Beneficiarys benefits, the cost to the Trustee, the
Committee or any of the Employers of defending the action will be charged to such extent as
possible to the sums, if any, involved in the action or payable to the Participant or Beneficiary
concerned.
14.11 Evidence
Evidence required of anyone under the Plan may be by certificate, affidavit, document or other
information which the person acting on it considers pertinent and reliable, and signed, made or
presented by the proper party or parties.
14.12 Uniform Rules
In managing the Plan, the Committee will apply uniform rules to all Participants similarly
situated.
14.13 Law That Applies
Except to the extent superseded by laws of the United States, the laws of North Carolina
(without regard to any states conflict of laws principles) shall be controlling in all matters
relating to the Plan.
14.14 Waiver of Notice
Any notice required under the Plan may be waived by the person entitled to such notice.
14.15 Successor to Employer
The term Employer includes any entity that agrees to continue the Plan under Subparagraph
15.02(c).
14.16 Application for Benefits
Each Participant or Beneficiary eligible for benefits under the Plan shall apply for such
benefits according to procedures and deadlines established by the Committee. In the event of
denial of any application for benefits, the procedure set forth in Subsection 14.17 shall apply.
63
14.17 Claims Procedure
Claims for benefits under the Plan shall be made in such manner as the Committee shall
prescribe. Claims for benefits and the appeal of denied claims under the Plan shall be
administered in accordance with Section 503 of ERISA, the regulations thereunder (and any other law
that amends, supplements or supersedes said Section of ERISA), and the claims and appeals
procedures adopted by the Committee and/or the Appeal Committee, as appropriate, for that purpose.
The Plan shall provide adequate notice to any claimant whose claim for benefits under the Plan has
been denied, setting forth the reasons for such denial, and shall afford a reasonable opportunity
to such claimant for a full and fair review by the Appeal Committee of the decision denying the
claim. No action at law or in equity shall be brought to recover benefits under the Plan until the
appeal rights described in this Subsection have been exercised and the Plan benefits requested in
such appeal have been denied in whole or in part. Any legal action subsequent to a denial of a
benefit appeal taken by a Participant against the Plan or its fiduciaries must be filed in a court
of law no later than 90 days after the Appeal Committees final decision on review of an appealed
claim. All decisions and communications relating to claims by Participants, denials of claims or
claims appeals under this SECTION 14 shall be held strictly confidential by the Participant, the
Committees and the Employers during and at all times after the Participants claim has been
submitted in accordance with this Section.
14.18 Action by Employers
Any action required or permitted under the Plan of an Employer shall be by resolution of its
Board of Directors or by a duly authorized Committee of its Board of Directors, or by a person or
persons authorized by resolution of its Board of Directors or such Committee.
14.19 Adoption of Plan by Controlled Group Members
With the consent of the Company, any Controlled Group Member of the Company may adopt the Plan
and become an Employer hereunder. The adoption of the Plan by any such Controlled Group Member
shall be effected by resolution of its Board of Directors, and the Companys consent thereto shall
be effected by resolution of the Committee.
64
SECTION 15
Amendment or Termination
15.01 Amendment
While the Employers expect to continue the Plan, the Company reserves the right, subject to
SECTION 15, to amend the Plan from time to time, by resolution of the Board of Directors in
accordance with Subsection 14.18, or by resolution of a committee authorized to amend the Plan by
resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment
will reduce a Participants Account balance to less than an amount he or she would be entitled to
receive if he or she had terminated his or her association with the Employers on the day of the
amendment.
15.02 Termination
The Plan will terminate as to all Employers on any date specified by the Company, by
resolution of the Board of Directors in accordance with Subsection 14.18, if advance written notice
of the termination is given to the Trustee and the other Employers. The Plan will terminate as to
an individual Employer on the first to occur of the following:
|
(a) |
|
The date it is terminated by that Employer, by resolution of its Board of Directors in
accordance with Subsection 14.18, if advance written notice of the termination is given to
the Company and the Trustee; |
|
|
(b) |
|
The date the Employer permanently discontinues its contributions under the Plan; and |
|
|
(c) |
|
The dissolution, merger, consolidation or reorganization of that Employer, or the sale by
that Employer of all or substantially all of its assets; provided, however, that upon the
occurrence of any of the foregoing events, arrangements may be made whereby the Plan will be
continued by a successor to such Employer, in which case the successor will be substituted
for such Employer under the Plan. |
15.03 Effect of Termination
On termination or partial termination of the Plan, the date of termination will be an
Accounting Date, and, after all adjustments then required have been made, each Participants
Account balance will be vested in him or her and distributed to him or her by one or more of the
methods described in Subsection 10.01 as the Committee decides. All appropriate accounting
provisions of the Plan will continue to apply until the Account balances of all Participants have
been distributed under the Plan.
15.04 Notice of Amendment or Termination
Participants will be notified of an amendment or termination within a reasonable time.
65
15.05 Plan Merger, Consolidation, Etc.
In the case of any merger or consolidation with, or transfer of assets or liabilities to, any
other Plan, each Participants benefits if the Plan terminated immediately after such merger,
consolidation or transfer shall be equal to or greater than the benefits he or she would have been
entitled to receive if the Plan had terminated immediately before the merger, consolidation or
transfer.
66
SECTION 16
Relating to the Plan Administrator and Committees
16.01 The Employee Benefits Administrative Committee
The Board of Directors of the Company has appointed the Committee, consisting of three (3) or
more individuals, to consolidate the powers and duties of administration of the employee benefit
plans and programs maintained by the Company. Each appointee to the Committee shall serve for as
long as is mutually agreeable to the Company and to the appointee. A majority of the members of
the Committee have the power to act on behalf of the Committee. The Committee may delegate any of
its responsibilities hereunder, by designating in writing other persons to advise it with regard to
any such responsibilities. Any person to whom the Committee has delegated any of its
responsibilities also may delegate any of its responsibilities hereunder, subject to the approval
of the Committee, by designating in writing other persons to carry out its responsibilities under
the Plan, and may retain other persons to advise it with regard to any of such responsibilities.
The Committee and any delegate of the Committee hereunder may serve in more than one fiduciary
capacity. The Committee and its delegates may allocate fiduciary responsibilities among themselves
in any reasonable and appropriate fashion, subject to the approval of the Committee. Except as
otherwise specifically provided and in addition to the powers, rights and duties specifically given
to the Committee elsewhere in the Plan and the Trust Agreement, the Committee shall have the
following discretionary powers, rights and duties:
|
(a) |
|
To approve the appointment and removal of the members of the Appeal Committee, who shall
have such powers, rights and duties as are specifically provided elsewhere in the Plan in
addition to those delegated by the Committee. |
|
|
(b) |
|
To act as Plan Administrator of the Plan, and to adopt such regulations and rules of
procedure as in its opinion may be necessary for the proper and efficient administration of
the Plan and as are consistent with the Plan and Trust Agreement. The Committee shall be
the fiduciary responsible for ensuring that procedures safeguarding the confidentiality of
all Participant decisions and directions relating to purchase, sale, tendering and voting
(as described in Subsection 9.06) of shares of Hanesbrands Stock credited to such
Participants Accounts are sufficient and are being followed. |
|
|
(c) |
|
To determine all questions arising under the Plan other than those determinations that
have been delegated to the Appeal Committee or the Investment Committee, including the power
to determine the rights or eligibility of Employees or Participants and any other persons,
and the amounts of their benefits under the Plan, and to remedy ambiguities, inconsistencies
or omissions, and to make factual findings; such determinations shall be binding on
all parties. Benefits under this Plan will be paid only if the Committee decides in its
discretion that the applicant is entitled to them. |
|
|
(d) |
|
To enforce the Plan in accordance with its terms and the terms of the Trust Agreement and
in accordance with the rules and regulations adopted by the Committee. |
67
|
(e) |
|
To construe and interpret the Plan and Trust Agreement, to reconcile and correct any
errors or inconsistencies and to make adjustments for any mistakes or errors made in the
administration of the Plan. |
|
|
(f) |
|
To furnish the Employers with such information as may be required by them for tax or
other purposes. |
|
|
(g) |
|
To employ agents, attorneys, accountants, actuaries or other organizations or persons
(who also may be employed by the Employers) and allocate or delegate to them any of the
powers, rights and duties of the Committee as the Committee may consider necessary or
advisable to properly administer the Plan. To the extent that the Committee delegates to any
person or entity the discretionary authority to manage and control the administration of the
Plan, such person or entity shall be a fiduciary as defined in ERISA. As appropriate,
references to the Committee herein with respect to any delegated powers, rights and duties
shall be considered references to the applicable delegate. |
16.02 The ERISA Appeal Committee
The Committee has appointed the Appeal Committee primarily for the purpose of reviewing
decisions denying benefits under the Plan. The Appeal Committee shall
consist of four or more
individuals, and each such appointee shall serve for as long as is mutually agreeable to the
Committee and to the appointee. A majority of the members of the Appeal Committee will have the
power to act on behalf of the Appeal Committee. Except as otherwise specifically provided and in
addition to the powers, rights and duties specifically given to the Appeal Committee elsewhere in
the Plan and the Trust Agreement, the Appeal Committee shall have the following powers, rights and
duties:
|
(a) |
|
To adopt such regulations and rules of procedure as in its opinion may be necessary for
the proper and efficient administration of the Plan and as are consistent with the Plan and
Trust Agreement. |
|
|
(b) |
|
To have final review of appeals of decisions by the Committee or its delegates denying
benefits under the Plan, including the power to determine the rights or eligibility of
Employees or Participants and any other persons, and to remedy ambiguities, inconsistencies
or omissions. |
|
|
(c) |
|
To enforce the Plan in accordance with its terms and the terms of the Trust Agreement,
and in accordance with the rules and regulations adopted by the Committee. |
|
|
(d) |
|
To construe the Plan and Trust Agreement, to reconcile and correct any errors or
inconsistencies and to make adjustments for any mistakes or errors made in the
administration of the Plan. |
The Committee and the Appeal Committee are sometimes referred to herein collectively as the
Committees.
68
16.03 Secretary of the Committee
Each of the Committees may appoint a secretary to act upon routine matters connected with the
administration of the Plan, to whom the Committee or the Appeal Committee, as the case may be, may
delegate such authorities and duties as it deems expedient.
16.04 Manner of Action
During any period in which two or more members of any of the Committees are acting, the
following provisions apply where the context admits:
|
(a) |
|
A member of the Committee or the Appeal Committee, as applicable, by writing may delegate
any or all of such members rights and duties to any other member, with the consent of the
latter. |
|
|
(b) |
|
The Committee or the Appeal Committee, as applicable may act by meeting or by writing
signed without meeting, and may sign any document by signing one document or concurrent
documents. |
|
|
(c) |
|
An action or a decision of a majority of the members of the Committee or the Appeal
Committee, as the case may be, as to a matter shall be effective as if taken or made by all
members of the Committee or the Appeal Committee, as applicable. |
|
|
(d) |
|
If, because of the number qualified to act, there is an even division of opinion among
the members of the Committee or the Appeal Committee, as the case may be, as to a matter, a
disinterested party selected by the Committee or the Appeal Committee, as applicable, may
decide the matter and such partys decision shall control. |
|
|
(e) |
|
The certificate of the secretary of the Committee or the Appeal Committee, as applicable,
of a majority of the members that the Committee or the Appeal Committee, as the case may be,
has taken or authorized any action shall be conclusive in favor of any person relying on the
certificate. |
16.05 Interested Party
If any member of the Committee or the Appeal Committee, as applicable also is a Participant in
the Plan, such individual may not decide or determine any matter or question concerning payments to
be made to such individual unless such decision or determination could be made by such individual
under the Plan if such individual were not a member of the applicable committees.
16.06 Reliance on Data
The Committee or the Appeal Committee, as applicable may rely upon data furnished by
authorized officers of any Employer as to the age, Service and Compensation of any Employee of such
Employer and as to any other information pertinent to any calculations or determinations
69
to be made under the provisions of the Plan, and the Committees shall have no duty to inquire
into the correctness thereof.
16.07 Committee Decisions
Subject to applicable law, any interpretation of the provisions of the Plan and any decisions
on any matter within the discretion of the Committee or the Appeal Committee, as applicable made by
such party in good faith shall be binding on all persons. A misstatement or other mistake of fact
shall be corrected when it becomes known, and the Committee or the Appeal Committee, as applicable
shall make such adjustments on account thereof as they consider equitable and practicable.
70
EXHIBIT A
Accounts Transferred from the Sara Lee Plan
The assets and liabilities of the Sara Lee Plan attributable to participants employed by the
following businesses/divisions were transferred from the Sara Lee Plan to the Plan as of July 24,
2006:
|
|
|
|
|
Business /Division |
|
Division Code |
Champion Athleticwear
|
|
|
7800 |
|
Champion Jogbra
|
|
|
9501 |
|
Champion Jogbra (Vermont)
|
|
|
9500 |
|
Eden Yarn
|
|
|
9225 |
|
Harwood
|
|
|
9260 |
|
Hanes Printables
|
|
|
9250 |
|
Henson Kicknerick
|
|
|
9300 |
|
J. E. Morgan
|
|
|
9265 |
|
OuterBanks
|
|
|
9266 |
|
Playtex Apparel-Hourly
|
|
|
9401 |
|
Playtex Apparel-Salary
|
|
|
9400 |
|
Sara Lee Activewear/Hourly
|
|
|
9221 |
|
Sara Lee Business Services
|
|
9273
(except process level 12702)
|
Sara Lee Casualwear
|
|
9220
(except process level 19901 (Courtalds))
|
Sara Lee Direct
|
|
|
9271 |
|
Sara Lee Hosiery
|
|
|
9210 |
|
Sara Lee Intimate Apparel
|
|
9200
(except process level 19901 (Courtalds))
|
Sara Lee Sock Company (previously
known as Adams-Millis
Corporation)
|
|
|
7995 |
|
Sara Lee Underwear
|
|
|
9240 |
|
Sara Lee Underwear Weston
|
|
|
9260 |
|
Scotch Maid
|
|
|
7975 |
|
Socks Galore
|
|
|
9272 |
|
Spring City Knitting
|
|
|
9230 |
|
A-1
exv10w2
Exhibit 10.2
HANESBRANDS INC.
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN OF 2006
(Conformed Through Second Amendment)
HANESBRANDS INC.
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN OF 2006
1. Purpose. The Hanesbrands Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan of 2006 (the Plan) provides
eligible employees of Hanesbrands Inc. (the Corporation), and its Subsidiaries an opportunity to
purchase common stock of the Corporation through payroll deductions on an after-tax basis. The
Plan is intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment under section 423 of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the Code).
2. Definitions. Where the context of the Plan permits, words in the masculine gender shall
include the feminine gender, the plural form of a word shall include the singular form, and the
singular form of a word shall include the plural form. Unless the context clearly indicates
otherwise, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
|
(a) |
|
Administrator means the shareholder services division of the Corporation or
such independent third party administrator as the Corporation may engage to administer
the Plan. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Authorization Form means a payroll deduction form which authorizes payroll
deductions from a Participants Basic Pay and evidences the Participants membership in
the Plan. An Authorization Form may be completed in such written, electronic or
telephonic form as the Committee in its discretion shall determine. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Basic Pay means, in relation to a Participant for a payroll period, the
Participants regular compensation earned during such payroll period, before any
deductions or withholding, but excluding overtime, bonuses, amounts paid as
reimbursement of expenses (including those paid as part of commissions) and any other
additional compensation. |
|
|
(d) |
|
Board means the Board of Directors of the Corporation. |
|
|
(e) |
|
Committee means the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board. |
|
|
(f) |
|
Country Program means detailed rules specific to a country or group of
countries as set forth in a supplement to the Plan. The terms and provisions of each
supplement to the Plan that outline the rules for a Country Program are a part of the
Plan and supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent necessary to eliminate
inconsistencies between the Plan and the supplement. |
|
|
(g) |
|
Corporation means Hanesbrands Inc., a Maryland corporation, or any successor
thereto. |
|
(h) |
|
Eligible Employee is defined in section 4 below. |
|
|
(i) |
|
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. |
|
|
(j) |
|
Exercise Date with respect to any Offering Period means the Grant Date of the
immediately following Offering Period. |
|
|
(k) |
|
Exercise Price with respect to any Offering Period means, subject to the terms
and conditions of each Country Program and unless a greater amount is established by
the Committee prior to the Offering Period, 85% of the Fair Market Value of Shares on
the Offering Periods Exercise Date. |
|
|
(l) |
|
Fair Market Value of a Share on any date shall be the closing price of the
Corporations Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions
Tape (Composite Tape) for such date. |
|
|
(m) |
|
Grant Date means the first Monday of each Offering Period on which sales of the
Corporations Shares are reported on the Composite Tape or if no Shares are sold on
that Monday, then on the next succeeding day on which there is a sale. |
|
|
(n) |
|
Offering Period means a three-month period beginning on the first Monday of
each February, May, August, and November, respectively, (or such alternative four
months in a cycle of three-month intervals as the Committee may establish in its
discretion), and ending on the last business day before the first Monday of the
succeeding three-month period. If no Shares are sold on what would otherwise be the
first Monday of an Offering Period, then that Offering Period shall commence on the
next succeeding day on which there is a sale, and the immediately preceding Offering
Period shall end on the last business day before the date on which there is a sale.
Notwithstanding the definition of Offering Period, the Initial Offering Period means
that period commencing on the date established by the Committee for implementing the
Plan and ending on the last business day before the first Monday of the next following
regular Offering Period under the Plan. |
|
|
(o) |
|
Participant means an Eligible Employee who has completed an Authorization Form
and who continues to make contributions to the Plan, or who no longer contributes to
the Plan, but has Shares still held by the Administrator in accordance with this Plan. |
|
|
(p) |
|
Participating Subsidiaries means corporations, 50% or more of each class of the
outstanding voting stock or voting power of which is beneficially owned, directly or
indirectly, by the Corporation, which are authorized by the Corporation to participate
in the Plan and which have agreed to participate. |
|
|
(q) |
|
Plan means the Hanesbrands Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan of 2006, as
amended from time to time. The Plan is effective June 27, 2006 (the Effective Date). |
4
|
(r) |
|
Plan Account means a payroll deduction account maintained by the Committee for
each Participant to which shall be credited all payroll deductions and from which shall
be deducted amounts charged for the purchase of Shares hereunder and withdrawals. |
|
|
(s) |
|
Shares mean shares of Hanesbrands Inc. common stock, par value $.01 per share. |
3. Shares Subject to the Plan. There is hereby reserved for issuance under the Plan an
aggregate of 2,442,000 Shares. Available Shares shall be from such authorized but unissued Shares
or from Shares reacquired from time to time.
4. Eligible Employees. Each employee of the Corporation or a Participating Subsidiary shall
be eligible to participate in the Plan, except an employee whose customary employment is 20 hours
or less per week or who, immediately after any Grant Date, own 5% or more of the total combined
voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Corporation or any related company. If an
individual is not an employee (as determined pursuant to applicable regulations under sections 421
and 423 of the Code) of the Corporation or a Participating Subsidiary, he shall not be eligible to
participate in the Plan.
5. Participation in the Plan. An Eligible Employee may participate voluntarily, by completing
and submitting an Authorization Form at designated times, according to the applicable Country
Program procedures. Such Authorization Form may authorize payroll deductions from the employees
Basic Pay, or some other means of contributions received from employees (defined according to local
procedures). An employee may actively participate in only one Country Program at a time.
6. Purchase Price. The purchase price of the Shares shall be determined in accordance with
the terms of each Country Program. Unless otherwise defined in the Country Program the purchase
price shall be the Exercise Price as defined herein.
7. Number of Shares Purchasable. A Participants right to purchase Shares under the Plan
shall be subject to the limits described below.
|
(a) |
|
No Participant shall have the right to acquire Shares under the Plan at a rate
that exceeds $25,000 in Fair Market Value (determined as of the Grant Date) for each |
5
|
|
|
calendar year in which the right is outstanding at any time. If an Offering Period
spans two calendar years, then, for purposes of the foregoing $25,000 limitation,
Shares purchased on the Exercise Date for such Offering Period will be applied first
against the $25,000 limitation for the earlier year of the Offering Period, and then
against the $25,000 limitation for the second year of the Offering Period. |
|
(b) |
|
The maximum number of Shares available for purchase by
a Participant at the end
of any Offering Period shall be equal to $25,000 divided by the Fair Market Value of a
Share on the first day of that Offering Period, except that for the Offering Period
that begins in November of each year, the above formula shall be applied by replacing
$25,000 with $50,000. |
These limits shall be monitored by the Committee or its delegate(s).
8. Plan Accounts/Shares Acquired. Participating Subsidiaries shall maintain Plan Accounts for
Participants, where applicable. Shares purchased pursuant to the Plan shall be recorded on the
stock transfer records of the Corporation in book entry form and no stock certificates with respect
to any Shares will be issued. Share ownership shall be kept electronically in the Participants
name. As deemed appropriate by the Committee acting in its discretion, and consistent with the
terms of the Country Programs, Participants shall receive periodic statements detailing their Plan
Account balances.
9. Changes in Participation. Subject to rules set forth in each Country Program (and
consistent with otherwise applicable Plan limitations), a Participant may change the amount of his
or her payroll deduction or contributions pursuant to administrative rules established by the
Committee.
10. Termination of Participation. Subject to rules set forth in each Country Program, a
Participant, at any time and for any reason, may voluntarily terminate participation in the Plan by
notification of withdrawal delivered to the appropriate office pursuant to administrative rules
established by the Committee. A Participants participation in the Plan shall be involuntarily
terminated by his/her employer upon termination of employment for any reason, or upon the
Participant no longer being eligible for participation. In the event of a Participants
6
voluntary or involuntary termination of participation in the Plan, no payroll deduction shall
be taken from any pay due thereafter; and at the election of such Participant or Participants
estate, as the case may be, the balance in the Participants Plan Account shall be paid either to
the Participant or the Participants estate, or shall be retained to purchase Shares in accordance
with normal procedures. Except as provided above, a Participant may not withdraw any credit
balance in the Participants Plan Account, in whole or in part.
11. Rights as a Stockholder. Except as provided in section 12, none of the rights or
privileges of a stockholder of the Corporation shall exist with respect to Shares purchased under
the Plan unless and until a statement representing such Shares shall have been issued to the
Participant.
12. Dividends. Cash dividends on Shares acquired under the Plan will accrue to Participants
in the same manner as for other shareholders. Participants shall be invited to enroll in the
Corporations automatic dividend reinvestment plan (unless such enrollment is automatic pursuant to
the applicable Country Program).
13. Rights Not Transferable. Rights under the Plan are not transferable by a Participant
other than by will or the laws of descent, and are exercisable during the Participants lifetime
only by the Participant.
14. Application of Funds. All funds received or held by the Corporation under the Plan may be
used for any corporate purposes.
15. Adjustments in Case of Changes Affecting Shares. In the event of a subdivision of
outstanding Shares, or the payment of a stock dividend, the number of Shares authorized for
issuance under the Plan shall be increased proportionately, and such equitable adjustments shall be
made by the Committee. In the event of any other change affecting the Corporations common stock,
such equitable adjustment shall be made by the Committee to give proper effect to such event,
subject to shareholder approval to the extent required by Treasury regulations issued under Section
423 of the Code.
7
16. Administration of Plans. The Plan and the detailed Country Programs shall be administered
by the Committee. The Committee shall have authority to make rules and regulations for the
administration of the Country Programs including when and how purchases shall be made, and its
interpretations and decisions with regard thereto shall be final and conclusive. The Committee
shall have authority to delegate its ministerial tasks hereunder to the Corporations Human
Resources and Shareholder Accounting Departments and the Human Resources Departments of
Participating Subsidiaries which employ Participants.
17. Amendments to Plans. The Board or any person or persons authorized by the Board, at any
time, or from time to time, may amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan or any of the Country
Programs, provided, however, that except to conform the Plan or any Country Program to the
requirements of local legislation, no amendment shall be made withdrawing the administration of the
Plan or Country Programs from the Committee, or permitting any rights under the Plan to be granted
to any employee who is a member of the Committee administering the Plan.
18. Termination. The Plan shall terminate upon the earlier of the date it is terminated by
the Board and the date that no more Shares remain to be acquired under the Plan. Upon the
termination of the Plan, all remaining credit balances from authorized payroll deductions in
Participants Plan Accounts shall be returned to such Participants.
19. Governmental Regulations. The Corporations obligation to sell and deliver Shares under
the Plan is subject to the approval of any governmental authority required in connection with the
authorization, issuance or sale of such stock.
20. Stockholder Approval. This Plan shall be effective as of June 27, 2006, as approved by
Sara Lee Corporation as the sole shareholder of the Corporation.
8
SUPPLEMENT A
TO
HANESBRANDS INC.
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN OF 2006
US PROGRAM
1. Purpose. The purpose of this Supplement A to the Hanesbrands Inc. Employee Stock Purchase
Plan of 2006 is to modify and further specify the terms and conditions of the Plan as applied to
employees in the United States (the US Program). The US Program is intended to qualify as an
employee stock purchase plan under section 423 of the Code. Any defined term not defined in this
Supplement A shall be defined pursuant to the Plan.
2. Contributions. An Eligible Employee may participate in the US Program at any time by
completing and filing with the Administrator an Authorization Form. The Committee, in its
discretion, may establish a minimum or maximum deduction per payroll period. A Participants
deductions will commence as soon as administratively possible during the next succeeding Offering
Period after the Participants Authorization Form is filed with the Administrator and recorded.
The deductions shall continue until the Participant terminates participation in the US Program or
until the US Program is terminated. Subject to the minimum and maximum deductions set forth in the
Plan and this US Program, a Participant may change the amount of his or her payroll deduction no
more than four times in each calendar year by filing a new Authorization Form with the
Administrator. The election made on the most recent Authorization Form filed with the
Administrator at the end of each Offering Period will be the payroll deduction election recorded.
Each such change shall become effective as soon as administratively possible during the next
succeeding (or designated future) Offering Period after the Participants Authorization Form is
received and recorded by the Administrator. Payroll deductions will be held in the Corporation
or Participating Subsidiarys general accounts until after the end of the Offering Period at which
time they will be applied solely for the purchase of Shares under the US Program. Participants
will receive periodic statements of their Plan Account balances.
3. Share Purchases. On each Exercise Date, each Participants Plan Account shall be charged
for the amount of the Shares to be purchased on that date. The number of Shares to
A-1
be purchased on an Exercise Date shall be determined by dividing the balance of the
Participants Plan Account (including any balance in the Participants Plan Account after the
immediately prior Exercise Date) by the Exercise Price, and then rounding downward to the nearest
whole Share. No fractional Shares shall be purchased, and any balance remaining in the
Participants Plan Account after the Shares have been purchased on the Exercise Date shall be
carried forward to the next succeeding Offering Period. As soon as practicable after the Exercise
Date, a statement shall be delivered to the Participant which shall include the number of Shares
purchased on the Exercise Date and the aggregate number of Shares purchased on behalf of such
Participant under the US Program. Share ownership shall be kept electronically in the name of the
Participant.
4. Ceasing Contributions/Rights of Participants Who Leave Service. A Participant whose
participation in the US Program has terminated (either upon the Participants request or upon the
Participants termination of employment for any reason) may not rejoin the US Program until the
third succeeding Offering Period following the date of such termination.
5. Contracts of Employment and Other Employment Rights. The US Program may be terminated at
any time at the discretion of the Corporation and no compensation will be due to a Participant as a
result. Neither the value of the Shares nor the discount derived from the Purchase Price shall be
added to a Participants income for the purpose of calculating any employee benefits. No
additional rights arise to a Participant as a result of participating in the US Program or the
opportunity to participate. Participation in the US Program does not confer on any Participant any
right to future employment. Participation in the US Program is at the discretion of Eligible
Employees. No representation or warranty is given by the Corporation or Participating Subsidiaries
as to the present or future benefit of participation in the US Program. If a Corporation or a
Participating Subsidiary ceases participation in the US Program or the Corporation ceases operation
of the Plan, employees will have no right or action against the Participating Subsidiary, the
Committee or the Corporation for such termination.
6. Administration.
|
(a) |
|
The Committee (or its delegate(s)) will be responsible for: |
A-2
|
(i) |
|
administering the US Program in unison with the Administrator
and the Corporation; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
informing Participants of the current market price of the
Shares upon request; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
informing Participants of the Exercise Price for each Offering
Period; |
|
|
(iv) |
|
informing Eligible Employees about the US Program, making
deductions from Basic Pay, converting foreign currencies, and maintaining
Participants Plan Accounts; and |
|
|
(v) |
|
obtaining information from the Administrator needed by the
Corporation or Participating Subsidiaries in order to comply with any
applicable reporting and withholding requirements. |
|
(b) |
|
The Administrator will be responsible for: |
|
(i) |
|
holding the Shares in trust in a book account; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
maintaining all relevant records and issuing documents required
for tax purposes by the Corporation, the Participating Subsidiaries and
Participants; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
providing quarterly statements and other documents as required
to the Participating Subsidiaries for distribution to Participants; and |
|
|
(iv) |
|
providing management information reports to the Committee and
Participating Subsidiaries. |
7. Amendments to the US Program. The Corporation may at any time or from time to time amend,
suspend or terminate the US Program. No amendment may be made and no suspension or termination may
take effect in respect of rights already accrued to a Participant as a holder of Shares. The
Corporation may at any time or from time to time amend the US
A-3
Program to comply with the requirements of legislation or any regulatory body in the United
States.
8. Governmental Regulation. The US Program shall be suspended and become inoperative with
respect to Shares not theretofore optioned under the US Program during any period in which no
registration statement or amendment thereto under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is in
effect with respect to the Shares so remaining to be purchased under the US Program.
A-4
exv31w1
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Richard A. Noll, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
of Hanesbrands Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and
other financial information included in this report, fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of,
and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I
are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e))
and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in
Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f))
for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or
caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial
reporting, or caused such internal control over financial
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants
disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure
controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the
registrants internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an
annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably
likely to materially affect, the registrants internal
control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I
have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal
control over financial reporting, to the registrants
auditors and the audit committee of the registrants board
of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in
the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the
registrants ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves
management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrants internal control over financial reporting.
Richard A. Noll
Chief Executive Officer
Date: April 29, 2010
exv31w2
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, E. Lee Wyatt Jr., certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
of Hanesbrands Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and
other financial information included in this report, fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of,
and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I
are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e))
and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in
Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f))
for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or
caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial
reporting, or caused such internal control over financial
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants
disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure
controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the
registrants internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an
annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably
likely to materially affect, the registrants internal
control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I
have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal
control over financial reporting, to the registrants
auditors and the audit committee of the registrants board
of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in
the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the
registrants ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves
management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrants internal control over financial reporting.
E. Lee Wyatt Jr.
Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer
Date: April 29, 2010
exv32w1
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Quarterly Report of Hanesbrands Inc.
(Hanesbrands) on
Form 10-Q
for the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 2010 as filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the
Report), I, Richard A. Noll, Chief Executive
Officer of Hanesbrands, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
§ 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly
presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and
results of operations of Hanesbrands.
Richard A. Noll
Chief Executive Officer
Date: April 29, 2010
The foregoing certification is being furnished to accompany
Hanesbrands Inc.s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 2010 (the
Report) solely pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed filed as part
of the Report or as a separate disclosure document and shall not
be deemed incorporated by reference into any other filing of
Hanesbrands Inc. that incorporates the Report by reference. A
signed original of this written certification required by
Section 906 has been provided to Hanesbrands Inc. and will
be retained by Hanesbrands Inc. and furnished to the Securities
and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
exv32w2
Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Quarterly Report of Hanesbrands Inc.
(Hanesbrands) on
Form 10-Q
for the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 2010 as filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the
Report), I, E. Lee Wyatt, Jr., Chief
Financial Officer of Hanesbrands, certify, pursuant to
18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to
§ 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly
presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and
results of operations of Hanesbrands.
E. Lee Wyatt Jr.
Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer
Date: April 29, 2010
The foregoing certification is being furnished to accompany
Hanesbrands Inc.s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 2010 (the
Report) solely pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed filed as part
of the Report or as a separate disclosure document and shall not
be deemed incorporated by reference into any other filing of
Hanesbrands Inc. that incorporates the Report by reference. A
signed original of this written certification required by
Section 906 has been provided to Hanesbrands Inc. and will
be retained by Hanesbrands Inc. and furnished to the Securities
and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.